Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

act+the+hero

  • 61 σπεῖρα

    Grammatical information: f.
    Meaning: `twist, for instance of a snake, of a network, spiral', des. of everal wound or cicular objetcs, e.g. `rope, belt, bead, round base of a pillar' (Ion. poet., also hell. a. late prose; v.l. ζ 269); also as military term = Lat. manipulus (hell.; on the explanation [prop. `bundle'] Debrunner IF 48, 244), later = cohors (inscr. a. pap., Act. Ap. a.o.).
    Compounds: Some compp., e.g. σπειρο-κέφαλον n. `base and capital of a column', ὑπό-σπειρον n. "what lies under the round base", `square slab, πλίνθος' (inscr.).
    Derivatives: 1. σπειρ-ίον n. `little column base' (Hero); 2. - ικός `belonging to a σ.' (Hero); 3. - ίτης (sc. λίθος) `stone for a column base' (inscr. Didyma; Redard 64 w. n. 26, with other interpretation); 4. - αία f. `privet' (Thphr.; from the form of the inflorescence); 5. - ηδόν `in convolutions, in a circle' (Opp., AP). 6. denom. verb σπειρ-άομαι, also w. περι- a. o., `to convolve' (hell. a. late), older συ-σπειράομαι `to wind, to pull together' (Pl., X., Arist. a. o.), also act. συ-, περι-σπειράω `to wind, to pull together' (hell. pap., D.S. a.o.); from this σπείρ-ᾱμα, Ion. - ημα n. `twist, for instance of a snake, band etc.' (A., Arist., Nic. a.o.; also enlarged from σπεῖρα? Chantraine Form. 184). 7. Also ( συ-) σπειρόομαι `to wind (together)' (Hp., Thphr.), act. aor. σπειρῶσαι `to swathe' (Call.; from σπεῖρον?).
    Origin: IE [Indo-European]X [probably] [991] * sper- `turn, wind'
    Etymology: Like πεῖρα, στεῖρα, μοῖρα feminine ια-derivation; whether first from a noun or verb, cannot be decided (cf. Schwyzer 474, Chantraine Form. 98 f.). Finally in any case from the same verb `wind, twine', which is seen in σπάρτον, σπεῖρον and σπάργανον(?). The primary verb was replaced partly by the secondary σπειράομαι, σπαργανόω, partly by other verbs like εἰλέω, εἰλύω.
    Page in Frisk: 2,761

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > σπεῖρα

  • 62 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 63 ὑπό

    ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά
    A

    Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14

     Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (

    ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824

    ,

    ὑ. δέ 3.217

    , 11.417, 12.149,

    ὑ. δείους 10.376

    , 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ)

    λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44

    , al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and

    ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.

     ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds.,

    ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165

    , ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)
    A WITH GENITIVE,
    I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56;

    ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669

    ;

    ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b;

    ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17

    ; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;

    ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς

     from the consequences of,

    23.86

    ; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag.,

    ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441

    ;

    περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53

    ; once in Hdt.,

    τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8

    ;

    αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27

     (Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.
    2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375;

    ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106

    ;

    τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717

    : also without the sense of motion,

    ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372

    ;

    βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14

    ;

    ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52

    ;

    κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588

    ;

    ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83

    ;

    νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a

    ;

    δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342

    ; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.
    II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense,

    μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436

    , cf. 4.479;

    ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428

    ; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242;

    τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137

    ;

    οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308

    , cf. Th.7, al.;

    πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61

    ;

    ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303

    ;

    πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042

     (anap.);

    ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77

    ;

    ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66

    ;

    ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5

    ;

    ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64

    ; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32;

    ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391

    ;

    ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a

    : sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a;

    ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029

    ;

    ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34

    ;

    ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2

    ;

    Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d

    ; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.
    2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149,

    χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153

    , cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.;

    πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5

    ; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99;

    οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78

    , cf. Ar.V. 1084.
    3 freq. of things as well as persons,

    ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77

    ;

    κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8

     (Epid., iii B.C.);

    χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b

    ;

    ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64

     (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.);

    κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4

    : of the agency of feelings, passions, etc.,

    ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371

    ; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587;

    μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153

    ;

    χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376

    ;

    ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85

    , cf. Th.6.33;

    οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66

    ;

    ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129

    ;

    ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183

    ;

    ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083

    ;

    ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073

    : hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1;

    ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22

    , cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).
    4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances,

    νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276

    , cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277;

    ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220

    .
    5 of accompanying music, to give the time,

    κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281

    , cf. 278;

    ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123

    , cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9;

    πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001

    : generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.);

    καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554

     (anap.);

    ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299

    ;

    εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970

    ; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.
    6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).
    7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.
    8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.
    B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under,

    ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784

    , al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186;

    Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11

    , cf. 373.118, al.;

    ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105

    ; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860;

    πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533

    ;

    ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27

    ;

    ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19

     (Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.);

    στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33

     (Samos, iv B.C.);

    ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11

    ;

    χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5

    ,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244;

    εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6

     codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.);

    ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a

    .4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8;

    τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.

     ap. eund.12.25.7;

    οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31

    , cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16;

    ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero

     *Deff.135.12;

    ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102

    .
    2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693;

    ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478

    , cf. Il.24.782;

    ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378

    , cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37;

    δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644

    .
    3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.;

    ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352

    ;

    ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653

    , etc.;

    ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180

    ;

    ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489

    ;

    πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164

     (lyr.);

    ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490

    .
    4 behind,

    ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1

    ; under the cover or protection of,

    ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9

    ;

    ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8

    , 4.12.10, 16.6.1.
    II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs,

    ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637

    ;

    ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82

    ;

    βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171

    ;

    ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215

    ;

    ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384

    ; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742;

    ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8

     ([place name] Crete);

    ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5

    , cf. 12,31,52.
    2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power,

    δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305

    , cf. Il.9.156;

    ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68

    ; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26;

    τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c

    ;

    ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44

    : in pregnant sense,

    ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11

    , cf. Th.7.64;

    ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157

    ;

    κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6

    ;

    ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4

    ;

    τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2

    .
    3 of the subordination of things coming under a class,

    αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c

    ;

    τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b

    ;

    ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d

    .
    4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19;

    ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e

    : generally, of attendant circumstances,

    ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402

    ; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.;

    λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17

    ;

    αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79

    ;

    ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14

    ;

    ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41

    ; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.;

    ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d

    .— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat.,

    στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73

     (Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.);

    λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26

    , cf. Man.2.131.
    C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279;

    ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383

    ; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333;

    νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51

    , cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12;

    πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271

    ;

    ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2

    ; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146;

    ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181

    ;

    παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407

    ;

    ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11

    ;

    ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7

    , cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.;

    ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536

     B 3 ([place name] Cnidus);

    πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32

    , cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.
    2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion,

    Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603

    , cf. 824, etc.;

    ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76

    ; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9;

    τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162

     (ii B.C.);

    ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13

     (loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267;

    ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181

    ;

    τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270

    ;

    τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10

    , cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17;

    οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38

    , cf. 16.21, al.;

    ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14

    , al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.);

    τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17

    ;

    ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114

    , cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also

    ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371

    ;

    Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26

    ;

    ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278

    ;

    τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120

     (Epid., iv B.C.);

    οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13

     (iii B.C.);

    ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2

     (iii B.C.);

    κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7

    , cf. 67, al.;

    ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10

    ;

    μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593

     A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.);

    καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4

    ; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34;

    εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75

     (v.

    πούς 1.6

     g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9;

    ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108

    ;

    ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720

    ;

    εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8

     (cf.

    αὐγή 1

    ): of subordinate position.

    κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9

    ; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.
    b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5;

    εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29

    , Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21;

    αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6

    ,al.
    II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt.,

    ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108

    ;

    ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60

    , cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.;

    ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29

    ;

    ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340

    ;

    τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75

    , cf. 74;

    ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616

     (i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v.

    ἥλιος 11.1

    );

    ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52

     (Halic., iii B.C.);

    τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3

     (iii B.C.);

    στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7

     ([place name] Rhodes);

    μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7

    , cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.;

    τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75

     ([place name] Rhodes).
    III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English,

    ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102

    ;

    ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51

    , cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2;

    τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10

    : rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202;

    ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60

    ; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142;

    ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4

     ([place name] Thasos).
    2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165;

    ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4

    , 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38;

    ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26

    ;

    ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27

    , cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7;

    ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21

    , Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10;

    ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215

    ; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς)

    ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60

     (Corc., ii/i B.C.);

    ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14

    , Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109;

    ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17

    .
    IV of accompaniment,

    ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a

    ;

    ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3

     codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v.

    κῆρυξ 1.3

    ).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.
    2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.);

    ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6

    , al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.
    D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.
    E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.
    2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.
    II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe,

    φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17

    .
    F IN COMPOSITION:
    I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.
    2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.
    3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.
    II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi,

    ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d

    , cf. Grg. 493c;

    ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290

     (lyr.)).
    III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό

  • 64 war

    wo:
    1. noun
    ((an) armed struggle, especially between nations: Their leader has declared war on Britain; The larger army will win the war; the horrors of war; (also adjective) He is guilty of war crimes.) guerra

    2. verb
    (to fight: The two countries have been warring constantly for generations.) (arcaico) guerrear, luchar en la guerra
    - warrior
    - war correspondent
    - war-cry
    - war-dance
    - warfare
    - warhead
    - warhorse
    - warlord
    - warmonger
    - warpaint
    - warship
    - wartime
    - war of nerves
    war n guerra
    tr[wɔːSMALLr/SMALL]
    1 guerra
    1 architecture guerrear
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    war of nerves guerra de nervios, guerra psicológica
    war of words guerra de propaganda
    at war en guerra
    to declare war on somebody/something declarar la guerra a alguien/algo
    to go to war over something emprender la guerra por algo
    to have been in the wars estar algo maltrecho,-a
    to wage war on somebody/something hacer la guerra a alguien/algo
    war baby niño,-a, nacido,-a durante la guerra
    war crime crimen nombre masculino de guerra
    war cry grito de guerra
    war dance danza guerrera
    war game (game) juego de estrategia militar 2 (military exercise) ejercicio de simulacro de combate
    war hero héroe nombre masculino de guerra
    war memorial monumento a los caídos
    war paint (for war) pintura de guerra 2 (make-up) maquillaje nombre masculino
    war zone zona de conflicto
    war ['wɔr] vi, warred ; warring : combatir, batallar, hacer la guerra
    war n
    : guerra f
    to go to war: entrar en guerra
    v.
    • guerrear v.
    adj.
    • de guerra adj.
    n.
    • guerra s.f.
    wɔːr, wɔː(r)
    count & mass noun guerra f

    First/Second World War, World War I/II Primera/Segunda Guerra Mundial; to be at war with somebody/something estar* en guerra con alguien/algo; to declare war on somebody/something declararle la guerra a alguien/algo; to go to war (with somebody) (over something) entrar en guerra (con alguien) (por algo); an act of war un acto bélico or de guerra; the war on crime la lucha contra la delincuencia; a war of words una discusión; the class war la lucha de clases; to be in the wars: you look as if you've been in the wars! parece que vienes de la guerra!; (before n) war baby niño nacido durante la guerra; war memorial — monumento m a los caídos

    [wɔː(r)]
    1.
    N guerra f ; (fig) lucha f

    • the war against inflation — la lucha contra la inflación

    • to be at war (with) — estar en guerra (con)

    • the period between the wars — el período de entreguerras

    • to declare war (on) — declarar la guerra (a)

    • to go to war (with sb) (over sth) — entrar en guerra (con algn) (por algo)

    • the Great War — la Primera Guerra Mundial

    • war to the knife — guerra f a muerte

    • to make war (on) — hacer la guerra (a)

    • war of nerves — guerra f de nervios

    • to wage war with sb — hacer la guerra a algn

    • war of words — guerra de palabras

    • the First/Second World War — la Primera/Segunda Guerra Mundial

    2.
    VI (lit) combatir, luchar ( with con)

    revulsion and guilt warred within him — liter la repugnancia y el sentimiento de culpabilidad luchaban en su interior

    3.

    war chest N — (esp US) dinero destinado a apoyar una causa

    war clouds NPL — nubes fpl de guerra

    war correspondent N — corresponsal mf de guerra

    war crime N — crimen m de guerra

    war criminal N — criminal mf de guerra

    war cry N — grito m de guerra

    war dance N — danza f guerrera

    war debt N — deuda f de guerra

    war effort N — esfuerzo m bélico

    war fever N — psicosis f inv de guerra

    war game N — (Mil) simulacro m de guerra; (=game) juego m de guerra

    war grave N — tumba f de guerra

    war hero N — héroe m de guerra

    war loan N — empréstito m de guerra

    war material N — material m bélico

    war memorial N — monumento m a los caídos

    War Office N — (Hist) Ministerio m de Guerra

    war paint N — pintura f de guerra; hum (=make-up) maquillaje m

    war widow N — viuda f de guerra

    war zone N — zona f de guerra

    record 1., 5), d)
    * * *
    [wɔːr, wɔː(r)]
    count & mass noun guerra f

    First/Second World War, World War I/II Primera/Segunda Guerra Mundial; to be at war with somebody/something estar* en guerra con alguien/algo; to declare war on somebody/something declararle la guerra a alguien/algo; to go to war (with somebody) (over something) entrar en guerra (con alguien) (por algo); an act of war un acto bélico or de guerra; the war on crime la lucha contra la delincuencia; a war of words una discusión; the class war la lucha de clases; to be in the wars: you look as if you've been in the wars! parece que vienes de la guerra!; (before n) war baby niño nacido durante la guerra; war memorial — monumento m a los caídos

    English-spanish dictionary > war

  • 65 अङ्गम् _aṅgam

    अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा]
    1 The body.
    -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them)
    -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supple- mentary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval- kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expe- dient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also ( the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words).
    -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual.
    -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters.
    -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश.
    -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas).
    -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also.
    -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas.
    -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north- east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a.
    1 Contiguous.
    -2 Having members or divisions.
    -Comp. -अङ्गि, [
    अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्).
    -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः).
    -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa).
    -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act.
    -कर्मन् n.
    -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39.
    -2 a supplementary sacrificial act.
    -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14.
    -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness.
    -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड]
    1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c.
    -2 produced by a supple- mentary rite.
    -3 beautiful, ornamental. (
    -जः)
    -जनुस् also
    1 a son.
    -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32.
    -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161.
    -4 drunkenness, intoxication.
    -5 a disease. (
    -जा) a daugh- ter. (
    -जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm.
    -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption.
    -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defec- tive construction; Māna.
    -2 name of the 79th chapter.
    -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas.
    -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras.
    -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि).
    -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v.
    -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72.
    -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making pre- sents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.).
    -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind.
    (-भूः) 1 a son.
    -2 Cupid.
    -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Man- tras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.).
    -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2.
    -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85.
    -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles.
    -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra.
    -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्]
    1 one who shampoos his master's body.
    -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos.
    -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31.
    -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv.
    -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी).
    -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a body- guard, personal attendant Pt.3.
    -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (
    -णम्) protection of person.
    -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्]
    1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11.
    -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents.
    -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7.
    -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas.
    -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्]
    1 a scented cosmetic.
    -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing.
    -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber.
    -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse.
    -विकल a. [तृ. त.]
    1 maimed, paralysed.
    -2 fainting, swooning.
    -विकृतिः f.
    1 change 2of bodily appearance; collapse.
    -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार).
    -विकारः a bodily defect.
    -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation.
    -2 a kind of dance.
    -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्]
    1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge.
    -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5.
    -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act sub- servient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः).
    -वीरः chief or princi- pal hero.
    -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.]
    1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार)
    -2 a nod, wink.
    -3 changed bodily appearance.
    -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.).
    -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्)
    1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c.
    -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person.
    -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body.
    -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt.
    -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition.
    -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body.
    -सेवकः a personal attend- ant, body-guard.
    -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science.
    -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily con- tact or being touched by others.
    -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidi- ary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥
    -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91.
    -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि]
    1 gesticula- tion.
    -2 stage; dancing hall.
    -हीन a. [तृ. त.]
    1 muti- lated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अङ्गम् _aṅgam

  • 66 ποιέω

    ποιέω, [dialect] Dor. [full] ποιϝέω IG4.800 ([place name] Troezen), etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.
    A

    ποίεον Il. 20.147

    ; [var] contr.

    ποίει 18.482

    ; [dialect] Ion.

    ποιέεσκον Hdt.1.36

    , 4.78: [tense] fut. ποιήσω: [tense] aor. ἐποίησα, [dialect] Ep.

    ποίησα Il.18.490

    : [tense] pf. πεποίηκα:—[voice] Med., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf.

    ποιεέσκετο Hdt.7.119

    : [tense] fut.

    ποιήσομαι Il.9.397

    : in pass. sense, Hp.Decent.11, Arist.Metaph. 1021a23: [tense] aor. ἐποιησάμην, [dialect] Ep.

    ποι- Od.5.251

    , al.: [tense] pf. πεποίημαι in med. sense, And.4.22, Decr. ap. D. 18.29:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ποιηθήσομαι ([etym.] μετα-) D.23.62, v. supr.;

    πεποιήσομαι Hp.Mul.1.11

    ,37: [tense] aor.

    ἐποιήθην Hdt.2.159

    , etc. (used as [voice] Med. only in compd. προς-): [tense] pf.

    πεποίημαι Il.6.56

    , etc.:—[dialect] Att. [full] ποῶ (EM 679.24), etc., is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Com., as

    ποῶ S. OT 918

    ,

    ποεῖν Id.Tr. 385

    ,

    ποεῖς Ar.Ach. 410

    , etc., and found in cod. Laur. of S., cod. Rav. of Ar., also IG12.39.6 ([etym.] ποήσω), 82.9 ([etym.] ποεῖ), 154.7 ([etym.] ἐποησάτην), etc.; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr.: πο- also in [dialect] Aeol.

    πόημι πόης πόει PBouriant8.71

    ,75, Sapph. Supp.1.9, al., and Arc. ποέντω, = ποιούντων, IG5(2).6.9 (Tegea, iv B.C.); cf. ποιητής.
    0-0 Used in two general senses, make and do.
    A make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opp. πράττειν, Pl.Chrm. 163b), in Hom. freq. of building, π. δῶμα, τύμβον, Il.1.608,7.435;

    εἴδωλον Od.4.796

    ; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] Il.7.339; of smith's work, π. σάκος ib. 222;

    ἐν [σάκεϊ] ποίει δαίδαλα πολλά 18.482

    , cf. 490, 573: freq. in Inscrr. on works of art, Πολυμήδης ἐποίϝηh' (= ἐποίησε )

    Ἀργεῖος SIG5

     (vi B.C., cf. Class.Phil.20.139);

    Θεόπροπος ἐποίει Αἰγινάτας SIG18

    (vi/v B.C.), etc.; ἐποίησε Τερψικλῆς ib.3b(Milet., vi B.C.), etc.;

    τίς.. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίει; Herod.4.22

    ; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, Hdt.7.65;

    ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου X.An. 5.3.9

    ;

    πλοῖα ἐκ τῆς ἀκάνθης ποιεύμενα Hdt.2.96

    ;

    καρβάτιναι πεποιημέναι ἐκ βοῶν X.An.4.5.14

    : c. gen. materiae,

    πωρίνου λίθου π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.5.62

    ;

    ἔρυμα λίθων λογάδην πεποιημένον Th.4.31

    ;

    φοίνικος αἱ θύραι πεποιημέναι X.Cyr.7.5.22

    : rarely

    ποιεῖσθαί τινι

     to be made with..,

    Longus 1.4

    ; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα.. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, Hdt.4.192; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται Sch.Patm.D.in BCH1.144:—[voice] Med., make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, Il.12.168, cf. 5.735, Od.5.251, 259, Hes.Op. 503; [ῥεῖθρον] π., of a river, Thphr. HP3.1.5; also, have a thing made, get it made,

    ὀβελούς Hdt.2.135

    ;

    στεφάνους οὓς ἐποιησάμην τῷ χορῷ D.21.16

    , cf. X.An.5.3.5; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of A., Pl.Ep. 361a;

    αὑτοῦ εἰκόνας Plu. Them.5

    , cf. Inscr.Prien.25.9 (iii B.C.?).
    2 create, bring into existence,

    γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον Hes.Op. 110

    , cf. Th. 161, 579, etc.;

    ὁ ποιῶν

     the creator,

    Pl.Ti. 76c

    ;

    ἕτερον Φίλιππον ποιήσετε D.4.11

    :—[voice] Med., beget,

    υἱόν And.1.124

    ;

    ἔκ τινος Id.4.22

    ; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, = παιδοποιεῖσθαι, X.Cyr.5.3.19, D.57.43; conceive,

    παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος Pl.Smp. 203b

    :—[voice] Act. in this sense only in later Gr., Plu.2.312a; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι ib.145d.
    3 generally, produce, ὕδωρ π., of Zeus, Ar.V. 261: impers., ἐὰν πλείω ποιῇ ὕδατα, = ἐὰν ὕη, Thphr.CP1.19.3; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, Arist.HA 522b32; ἄρρεν π., of an egg, Ael.VH1.15; μέλι ἄριστον π., of Hymettus, Str.9.1.23; π. καρπόν, of trees, Ev.Matt.3.10 (metaph. in religious sense, ib.8); of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, Ar. Pax 1322;

    π. σίτου μεδίμνους D.42.20

    ; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, Plot.2.3.1.
    b Math., make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.16,38, Con.Sph.12;

    ὁ Α τὸν Γ πολλαπλασιάσας τὸν Η πεποίηκεν Euc.7.19

    :—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω ὡς.. let it be contrived that.., Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.6.
    d π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, Apollon.Perg.Con.2.49,51; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.2,3.
    4 after Hom., of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, Hdt.1.23, 4.14;

    π. θεογονίην Ἕλλησι Id.2.53

    ; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, Ar.Th. 153, 157; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc., Pl.Smp. 223d;

    παλινῳδίαν Isoc.10.64

    , Pl.Phdr. 243b, etc.;

    ποιήματα Id.Phd. 60d

    : abs., write poetry, write as a poet,

    ὀρθῶς π. Hdt.3.38

    ;

    ἐν τοῖσι ἔπεσι π. Id.4.16

    , cf. Pl. Ion 534b: folld. by a quotation,

    ἐπόησάς ποτε.. Ar.Th. 193

    ;

    εἴς τινα Pl.Phd. 61b

    ;

    περὶ θεῶν Id.R. 383a

    , etc.
    c describe in verse,

    θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν Pl.R. 379a

    ; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, Id.Phd. 61b;

    μῦθον Lycurg.100

    .
    d invent,

    καινοὺς θεούς Pl.Euthphr.3b

    ; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] Hdt.3.115;

    πεποιημένα ὀνόματα Arist.Rh. 1404b29

    , cf.Po. 1457b2; opp. αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, D.H.Is.7, Pomp. 2.
    II bring about, cause,

    τελευτήν Od.1.250

    ;

    γαλήνην 5.452

    ;

    φόβον Il.12.432

    ;

    σιωπὴν παρὰ πάντων X.HG6.3.10

    ;

    τέρψιν τοῖς θεωμένοις Id.Mem.3.10.8

    ;

    αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει Isoc.7.54

    , etc.; also of things,

    ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά X.Mem.4.3.14

    ;

    ταὐτὸν ἐποίει αὐτοῖς νικᾶν τε μαχομένοις καὶ μηδὲ μάχεσθαι Th.7.6

    , cf. 2.89.
    b c. acc. et inf., cause or bring about that..,

    σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον Od.23.258

    ;

    π. τινὰ κλύειν S.Ph. 926

    ;

    π. τινὰ βλέψαι Ar.Pl. 459

    , cf. 746;

    π. τινὰ τριηραρχεῖν Id.Eq. 912

    , cf. Av.59; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc., X.Cyr.4.5.48, 2.2.13, Pl.Tht. 149a, etc.: with ὥστε inserted, X.Cyr.3.2.29, Ar.Eq. 351, etc.: folld. by a relat. clause,

    π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη Hdt.5.109

    , cf. 1.209;

    ὡς ἂν.. εἰδείην ἐποίουν X.Cyr.6.3.18

    :—also [voice] Med., ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν ib.6.1.23.
    2 procure,

    π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι Th.8.76

    ;

    ὁ νόμος π. τὴν κληρονομίαν τισί Is.11.1

    ; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, D.10.76:—[voice] Med., procure for oneself, gain,

    κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ' Od.2.126

    ;

    ἄδειαν Th.6.60

    ;

    τιμωρίαν ἀπό τινων Id.1.25

    ;

    τὸν βίον ἀπὸ γεωργίας X.Oec.6.11

    , cf. Th.1.5.
    3 of sacrifices, festivals, etc., celebrate,

    π. ἱρά Hdt.9.19

    , cf. 2.49 ([voice] Act. and [voice] Pass.);

    π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι X.HG4.5.1

    ; π. Ἴσθμια ib.4.5.2;

    τῇ θεῷ ἑορτὴν δημοτελῆ π. Th.2.15

    ;

    παννυχίδα π. Pl.R. 328a

    ; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, LXXEx.31.16; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, Pl. Mx. 234b;

    π. ἐπαρήν SIG38.30

    (Teos, v B.C.); also of political assemblies,

    π. ἐκκλησίαν Ar.Eq. 746

    , Th.1.139;

    π. μυστήρια Id.6.28

     ([voice] Pass.);

    ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν Id.1.67

    :—[voice] Med.,

    ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο Il.8.2

    ;

    ἢν θυσίην τις ποιῆται Hdt.6.57

     (v.l.);

    δημοσίᾳ ταφὰς ἐποιήσαντο Th.2.34

    ;

    π. ἀγῶνα Id.4.91

    ;

    π. ἐκκλησίαν τοῖς Γρᾳξὶ περὶ μισθοῦ Ar.Ach. 169

    .
    4 of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war,

    πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ' εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. Is.11.48

    ; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), X.An.5.5.24; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), Ar. Pax 1199;

    σπονδὰς π. X.An.4.3.14

    ;

    ξυμμαχίαν ποιῆσαι Th.2.29

    ; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), And.3.11;

    σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι Th.1.28

    , etc.:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη Hdt.1.77

    , etc.
    5 freq. in [voice] Med. with Nouns periphr. for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, Od.21.71; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, Hdt.2.29;

    π. ὁδόν Id.7.42

    , 110, 112, etc.; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, Id.6.95, cf. Antipho 5.21; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, Hdt.6.95; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, Id.1.68; ὀργὴν π., for ὀργίζεσθαι, Id.3.25; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, Id.1.127; βουλὴν π., for βουλεύεσθαι, Id.6.101; συμβολὴν π., for συμβάλλεσθαι, Id.9.45; τὰς μάχας π., for μάχεσθαι, S.El. 302, etc.; καταφυγὴν π., for καταφεύγειν, Antipho 1.4; ἀγῶνα π., for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, Th.2.89; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of.., Hdt.7.156; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, Th.1.128; also simply for λέγειν, Lys.25.2, cf. Pl.R. 527a, etc.; also π. δι' ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, Hdt.6.4, 8.134.
    III with Adj. as predic., make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, Od.23.12; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them, 13.42, cf. Il.12.30;

    τοὺς Μήδους ἀσθενεῖς π. X.Cyr.1.5.2

    , etc.;

    χρήσιμον ἐξ ἀχρήστου π. Pl.R. 411b

    : with a Subst., ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, Il. 15.363;

    ποιεῖν τινα βασιλῆα Od.1.387

    ;

    ταμίην ἀνέμων 10.21

    ;

    γέροντα 16.456

    ;

    ἄκοιτίν τινι Il.24.537

    ;

    γαμβρὸν ἑόν Hes.Th. 818

    ; [

    μύρμηκας] ἄνδρας π. [καὶ] γυναῖκας Id.Fr.76.5

    ;

    πολιήτας π. τινάς Hdt.7.156

    ;

    Ἀθηναῖον π. τινά Th.2.29

    , etc.;

    π. τινὰ παράδειγμα Isoc.4.39

    : hence, appoint, instal,

    τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών LXX 1 Ki.12.6

    ;

    δώδεκα Ev.Marc.3.14

    :—[voice] Med., ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, Hes. Op. 707, cf. 714; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, Il.3.409, 9.397, cf. Od.5.120, etc.; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, Il.9.495, etc.; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, Hdt. 6.57: without υἱόν, adopt,

    ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη D.41.3

    , cf. 39.6,33, 44.25, Pl.Lg. 923c, etc.;

    π. τινὰ θυγατέρα Hdt.4.180

    : generally,

    ἅπαντας ἢ σῦς ἠὲ λύκους π. Od.10.433

    ;

    π. τινὰ πολίτην Isoc.9.54

    ;

    μαθητήν Pl.Cra. 428b

    ;

    τὰ κρέα π. εὔτυκα Hdt. 1.119

    ; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, Id.9.45, etc.; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ.. ἔργον makes it his own, Id.1.129;

    μηδ' ἃ μὴ 'θιγες ποιοῦ σεαυτῆς S.Ant. 547

    .
    IV put in a certain place or condition, etc.,

    ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς.. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ' Od.14.274

    ;

    σφῶϊν ὧδε θεῶν τις ἐνὶ φρεσὶ ποιήσειεν Il.13.55

    ;

    αἲ γὰρ τοῦτο θεοὶ ποιήσειαν ἐπὶ νόον νησιώτῃσι Hdt.1.27

    , cf. 71;

    ἐν αἰσχύνῃ π. τὴν πόλιν D.18.136

    ;

    τὰς ναῦς ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ π. Th.1.109

    ;

    ἔξω κεφαλὴν π. Hdt.5.33

    ;

    ἔξω βελῶν τὴν τάξιν π. X.Cyr.4.1.3

    ;

    ἐμαυτὸν ὡς πορρωτάτω π. τῶν ὑποψιῶν Isoc.3.37

    ; of troops, form them,

    ὡς ἂν κράτιστα.. X.An.5.2.11

    , cf. 3.4.21; in politics,

    ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. Th.8.53

    ; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, D.18.48;

    μήτε τοὺς νόμους μήθ' ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς λέγουσι π. Id.58.61

    :—[voice] Med.,

    ποιέεσθαι ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt.1.201

    , cf.5.103, etc.;

    ὑπὸ χεῖρα X.Ages.1.22

    ; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, Th.3.3, 8.1;

    τινὰς ἐς τὸ συμμαχικόν Hdt.9.106

    ; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, Th.2.83, cf. 6.67; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (v. ἐκποδών)

    ; ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν X.An. 1.10.9

    .
    2 Math., multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ' ἑαυτὰ π., Hero Metr.1.8, 2.14.
    V [voice] Med., deem, consider, reckon a thing as.., συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, Hdt.1.83, 6.61; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, Id.1.127, etc. (rarely in [voice] Act.,

    δεινὰ π. 2.121

    .έ, Th.5.42); μέγα π. c. inf., deem it a great matter that.., Hdt.8.3, cf. 3.42, etc.;

    μεγάλα π. ὅτι.. Id.1.119

    ; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, Pl.Grg. 489c;

    οὐκέτι ἀνασχετὸν π. τι Th.1.118

    : freq. with Preps., δι' οὐδενὸς π. deem of no account, S.OC 584; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π., Hdt.1.118,7.138;

    ἐν σμικρῷ μέρει S.Ph. 498

    ;

    ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ Th.4.5

    ;

    ἐν ὀργῇ D.1.16

    ; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, Hdt. 1.131; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, Id.9.42;

    παρ' ὀλίγον π. τι X. An.6.6.11

    ; περὶ πολλοῦ π., Lat. magni facere, Lys.1.1, etc.; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π., Id.14.40, Pl.Ap. 21e, etc.; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, Isoc.17.58, 18.63;

    περὶ παντός Id.2.15

     (rarely

    πολλοῦ π. τι Pl.Prt. 328d

    ); πρὸ πολλοῦ π. c. inf., Isoc.5.138.
    VII of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, D.19.163 codd.; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, PCair.Zen.48.4 (iii B.C.); μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, Pl.Phlb. 50d, cf. AP11.85 (Lucill.); ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, D.54.26; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ' ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, Th.7.28(s.v.l.);

    ποιήσουσιν ἐν πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά LXXPr.13.23

    , cf. To.10.7;

    δύο ἡμέρας ποιεῖ ἐν τῷ Ἀνουβιείῳ UPZ70.21

     (ii B.C.), cf. PSI4.362.15 (iii B.C.);

    τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. D.S.1.35

    ; tarry, stay,

    μῆνας τρεῖς Act.Ap. 20.3

    , cf. AP11.330 (Nicarch.).
    VIII in later Greek, sacrifice,

    μοσχάριον LXXEx.29.36

    ; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος ib.Jb.42.8: without acc., π. Ἀστάρτῃ sacrifice to Ashtoreth, ib.3 Ki.11.33.
    IX make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον ib.Ge.18.7 sq.; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it, ib.2 Ki.19.24(25).
    X ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king, ib.3 Ki.20 (21).7.
    B do, much like πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν D. 4.5;

    περὶ ὧν πράττει καὶ μέλλει ποιεῖν Id.8.2

    , cf. 18.62;

    ἄριστα πεποίηται Il.6.56

    ;

    πλείονα χρηστὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν Ar.Eq. 811

    ;

    τὰ δίκαια τοῖς εὐεργέταις D.20.12

    ;

    ἅμα ἔπος τε καὶ ἔργον ἐποίεε Hdt.3.134

     fin.; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, Id.5.40;

    οὗτος τί ποιεῖς; A. Supp. 911

    , etc.;

    τὸ προσταχθὲν π. S.Ph. 1010

    ; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, Pl.Phd. 60e, etc.; πᾶν or πάντα π., v. πᾶς D. 111.2, etc.: Math., ὅπερ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, = Q.E.F., Euc.1.1, etc.
    2 c. dupl. acc., do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in Hdt.3.75, al.; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, Isoc.16.50, etc.;

    μεγάλα τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθά Din.1.17

    ; also

    εὖ ποιεῖν τὸν εὖ ποιοῦντα X.Mem.2.3.8

    ; τὴν ἐκείνου (sc. χώραν)

    κακῶς π. D.1.18

    ; in LXX with Prep.,

    π. κακὸν μετά τινων Ge. 26.29

    ;

    ταῦτα τοῦτον ἐποίησα Hdt.1.115

    ;

    κοὐκ οἶδ' ὅ τι χρῆμά με ποιεῖς Ar.V. 697

    , cf. Nu. 259; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, Hdt.4.166: less freq. c. dat. pers.,

    τῷ τεθνεῶτι μηδὲν τῶν νομιζομένων π. Is.4.19

    ;

    ἵππῳ τἀναντία X.Eq.9.12

     codd., cf. Ar.Nu. 388, D.29.37: c. dat. rei,

    τί ποιήσωμεν κιβωτῷ; LXX 1 Ki.5.8

    :—in [voice] Med.,

    φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι Hdt.2.152

    ,5.37.
    3 with an Adv., ὧδε ποίησον do thus, Id.1.112; πῶς ποιήσεις; how will you act? S.OC 652;

    πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖν περὶ θυσίας X.Mem.1.3.1

    ;

    ποίει ὅπως βούλει Id.Cyr.1.4.9

    ;

    μὴ ἄλλως π. Pl.R. 328d

    ; πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους πῶς ποιήσουσιν; ib. 469b; ὀρθῶς π. ib. 403e; εὖ, κακῶς π. τινά, v. supr. 2: freq. c. part.,

    εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος Hdt.5.24

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 60c;

    καλῶς ποιεῖς προνοῶν X.Cyr.7.4.13

    ;

    οἷον ποιεῖς ἡγούμενος Pl.Chrm. 166c

    ; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial,

    καλῶς γ', ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ Id.Smp. 174e

    ;

    καλῶς ποιοῦντες.. πράττετε D.20.110

    , cf. 1.28;

    εὖ ποιοῦν

     fortunately,

    Id.23.143

    .
    4 in Prose (rarely in Poetry, A.Pr. 935), used in the second clause, to avoid repeating the Verb of the first, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς· μᾶλλον δ' ἐγὼ τοῦθ' ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιήσω I will do this for you, D.18.52, cf. 292, Hdt.5.97, Is.7.35.
    II abs., to be doing, act,

    ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών Hdt.7.11

    ; ποιεῖν, as a category, opp. πάσχειν, Arist.Cat. 2a3, cf. GC 322b11, Ph. 225b13.
    b of medicine, operate, be efficacious, Pl.Phd. 117b;

    λουτρὰ κάλλιστα ποιοῦντα πρὸς νόσους Str. 5.3.6

    ; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, Thphr.HP7.14.1, Ps.-Plu.Fluv.16.2: freq. in Dsc.,

    πρὸς ἐπιλημπτικούς 1.6

    , al.;

    εἰς τὰ αὐτά 2.133

    : c. dat.,

    στομαχικοῖς Gal.13.183

    : abs., ἄκρως π. ib.265; also of charms, PMag.Osl.1.361.
    2 Th. has a peculiar usage, ἡ εὔνοια παρὰ πολὺ ἐποίει μᾶλλον ἐς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L., 2.8: impers., ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐποίει τῆς δόξης τοῖς μὲν ἠπειρώταις εἶναι, τοῖς δέ.. it was the general character of the one to be landsmen, of the others.., 4.12: the former passage is imitated by Arr.An.2.2.3, App.BC1.82, D.C.57.6.
    C [voice] Med., = προσποιέομαι, pretend, c. inf., Zos.2.14.1, Procop.Arc. 10. ( ποιϝέω perh. from Ποι-ϝό-ς (in κλινοποιός, νεωποιός, τραπεζοποιός, etc.) 'builder', 'maker', cf. Skt. cinóti, cáyati 'arrange in order', 'build'.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ποιέω

  • 67 star

    1. n поэт. Полярная звезда
    2. n звёздочка, звезда
    3. n пятно, отметина, звёздочка
    4. n звезда, ведущий актёр или актриса; премьер; премьерша; кинозвезда

    shooting star — метеор, падающая звезда

    screen star — кинозвезда, звезда экрана

    Silver Star — орден «Серебряная звезда»

    5. n выдающаяся личность, светило
    6. n амер. спорт. чемпион
    7. n судьба, рок, звезда

    movie star — кинозвезда, звезда экрана

    morning star — утренняя звезда, Венера

    falling star — метеор, падающая звезда

    8. n юр. заключённый, совершивший преступление впервые
    9. n прикуп
    10. n пиротехническая ракета
    11. n воен. осветительный снаряд

    to see stars — света невзвидеть;

    12. a относящийся к звезде или звёздам; звёздный

    evening star — вечерняя звезда, Венера

    13. a звездообразный

    star network — звездообразная сеть; радиальная сеть

    14. a главный
    15. a отличный, знаменитый; свойственный звезде
    16. a с участием звёзд
    17. a осветительный
    18. a звёздчатый
    19. a как компонент сложных слов
    20. a амер. воен. имеющий на погонах столько-то звёзд
    21. a показывающий качество
    22. v усеивать или украшать звёздами
    23. v награждать орденом
    24. v играть главные роли; быть звездой

    Laurence Olivier starring — в главной роли — Лоренс Оливье

    25. v давать главную роль
    26. v блистать
    27. v помечать звёздочкой
    28. v покупать, брать прикуп
    Синонимический ряд:
    1. celebrated (adj.) celebrated; distinguished; preeminent; prominent; renowned
    2. chief (adj.) capital; chief; dominant; main; major; number one; outstanding; predominant; principal; stellar
    3. asteroid (noun) asteroid; meteor; nebula; nova
    4. celestial body (noun) astral body; black hole; celestial body; distant sun; dwarf star; heavenly body; pulsar; quasar
    5. conventional figure (noun) asterisk; conventional figure; five-pointed star; Mogen David; pentacle; pentagram; six-pointed star; star of David; starfish
    6. famous person (noun) celebrity; famous actor; famous actress; famous person; headliner; luminary; rock star; superstar
    7. hero (noun) hero; heroine; lead; principal; protagonist
    8. act (verb) act; perform; play
    9. feature (verb) feature; highlight; spotlight
    Антонимический ряд:

    English-Russian base dictionary > star

  • 68 पुरुषः _puruṣḥ

    पुरुषः [पुरि देहे शेते शी-ड पृषो˚ Tv.; पुर्-अग्रगमने कुषन् Uṇ. 4.74]
    1 A male being, man; अर्थतः पुरुषो नारी या नारी सार्थतः पुमान् Mk.3.27; Ms.1.32;7.17;9.2; R.2.41.
    -2 Men, mankind.
    -3 A member or representative of a generation.
    -4 An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant.
    -5 The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); द्वौ पुरुषौ प्रमाणमस्य सा द्विपुरुषा-षी परिखा Sk.
    -6 The soul; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च Bg.15.16 &c.
    -7 The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); पुरातनं त्वां पुरुषं पुराविदः (विदुः) Śi.1.33; R.13.6.
    -8 A person (in grammar); प्रथम- पुरुषः the third person, मध्यमपुरुषः the second person, and उत्तमपुरुषः the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.).
    -9 The pupil of the eye.
    -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The soul (opp. प्रकृति); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛiti; cf. त्वामामनन्ति प्रकृतिं पुरुषार्थप्रवर्तिनीम् Ku.2.13 and the word सांख्य also.
    -11 The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the पुरुषसूक्त); सहस्रशीर्षः पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c.
    -12 The Punnāga tree.
    -13 N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac.
    -14 The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed; तेषामिदं तु सप्तानां पुरुषाणां महौजसाम् Ms.1.19.
    -षी A woman.
    -षम् An epithet of the mountain Meru.
    -Comp. -अङ्गम् the male organ of generation.
    -अदः, -अद् m. 'a man-eater', cannibal, goblin; अवमेने हि दुर्बुद्धिर्मनुष्यान् पुरुषादकः Mb.3.275.27.
    -अधमः the vilest of men, a very low or despi- cable man.
    -अधिकारः 1 a manly office or duty.
    -2 calculation or estimation of men; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे न पूरणी तं समुपैति संख्या Ki.3.51.
    -अन्तरम् another man.
    -अयणः, -अर्थः 1 any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. धर्म अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष.
    -2 human effort or exertion (पुरुषकार); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाश्च पुरुषार्था उदाहृताः Agni P.; H. Pr.35.
    -3 something which when done results in the satisfaction of the performer; यस्मिन् कृते पदार्थे पुरुषस्य प्रीतिर्भवति स पुरुषार्थः पदार्थः ŚB. on MS.4.1.2.
    -अस्थिमालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -आद्यः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -2 a demon.
    -आयुषम्, -आयुस् n. the duration of a man's life; अकृपणमतिः कामं जीव्याज्जनः पुरुषायुषम् Ve.6.44; पुरुषायुषजीविन्यो निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1. 63.
    -आशिन् m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin.
    -इन्द्रः a king.
    -उत्तमः 1 an excellent man.
    -2 the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; यस्मात् क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः ॥ Bg.15.18.
    -3 a best attendant.
    -4 a Jaina.
    -5 N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu.
    -कारः 1 human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. दैव); एवं पुरुषकारेण विना दैवं न सिध्यति H. Pr.32; दैवे पुरुषकारे च कर्मसिद्धिर्व्यवस्थिता Y.1.349; cf. 'god helps those who help themselves'; अभिमतसिद्धिर- शेषा भवति हि पुरुषस्य पुरुषकारेण Pt.5.3; Ki.5.52.
    -2 manhood, virility.
    -3 haughtiness, pride.
    -कुणपः, -पम् a human corpse.
    -केसरिन् m. man-lion, an epithet of Viṣṇu. in his fourth incarnation; पुरुषकेसरिणश्च पुरा नखैः Ś.7.3.
    -ज्ञानम् knowledge of mankind; Ms.7.211.
    -तन्त्र a. subjective.
    -दध्न, -द्वयस् a. of the height of a man.
    -द्विष् m. an enemy of Viṣṇu.
    -द्वेषिणी an illtempered woman (who hates her husband).
    -नाथः 1 a general, commander.
    -2 a king.
    -नियमः (in gram.) a restriction to a person.
    -पशुः a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. नरपशु.
    -पुङ्गवः, -पुण्डरीकः a superior or eminent man.
    -पुरम् N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v.
    -बहुमानः the esteem of mankind; निवृत्ता भोगेच्छा पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9.
    -मानिन् a. fancying oneself a hero; कथं पुरुषमानी स्यात् पुरुषाणां मयि स्थिते Rām.2.24.35.
    -मेधः a human sacrifice.
    -वरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -वर्जित a. desolate.
    -वाहः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -व्याघ्रः -शार्दूलः, -सिंहः 'a tiger or lion among men', a dis- tinguished or eminent man. उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः H.
    -2 a hero, brave man.
    -समवायः a number of men.
    -शीर्षकः A kind of weapon used by burglars (a sham head to be inserted into the hole made in a wall); Dk.2.2.
    -सारः an eminent man; Bhāg.1.16.7.
    -सूक्तम् N. of the 9th hymn of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > पुरुषः _puruṣḥ

  • 69 erigir

    v.
    1 to erect, to build (to build).
    2 to name.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ DIRIGIR], like link=dirigir dirigir
    1 (alzar) to erect, build
    2 (instituir) to establish, found
    3 (convertir) to convert
    1 (elevar de categoría) to promote (en, to)
    1 (atribuirse) to set oneself up (en, as)
    * * *
    verb
    1) to erect, build
    2) establish, found
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (Arquit) [+ monumento] to erect; [+ edificio] to build
    2) (=fundar) to establish, found
    3)
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) (frml) < edificio> to build, erect (frml); < monumento> to erect (frml), to raise (frml)
    b) (frml) (convertir, elevar)

    erigir algo/a alguien en algo — to set something/somebody up as something

    2.

    erigirse en algo — to become something; ( atribuirse funciones de) to set oneself up as something

    * * *
    = erect, elevate.
    Ex. Other walls, where security and privacy are absolutely essential, are not structural and are designed to be easily demounted and erected elsewhere.
    Ex. Some of the things that are said about genuine bookselling do at times seem to elevate this occupation to a level far beyond mere commerce.
    ----
    * erigirse = self-appointed, self-proclaimed.
    * erigirse en = set + Reflexivo + up as.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) (frml) < edificio> to build, erect (frml); < monumento> to erect (frml), to raise (frml)
    b) (frml) (convertir, elevar)

    erigir algo/a alguien en algo — to set something/somebody up as something

    2.

    erigirse en algo — to become something; ( atribuirse funciones de) to set oneself up as something

    * * *
    = erect, elevate.

    Ex: Other walls, where security and privacy are absolutely essential, are not structural and are designed to be easily demounted and erected elsewhere.

    Ex: Some of the things that are said about genuine bookselling do at times seem to elevate this occupation to a level far beyond mere commerce.
    * erigirse = self-appointed, self-proclaimed.
    * erigirse en = set + Reflexivo + up as.

    * * *
    erigir [I7 ]
    vt
    1 ( frml); ‹edificio› to build, erect ( frml); ‹monumento› to erect ( frml), to raise ( frml)
    2 ( frml) (convertir, elevar) erigir algo/a algn EN algo to set sth/sb up AS sth
    erigió el partido en árbitro científico y cultural he set the party up as scientific and cultural arbiter
    lo han erigido en mártir nacional they have made him into a national hero, he has been elevated o raised to the status of a national hero
    (llegar a ser) erigirse EN algo to become sth; (atribuirse funciones de) to set oneself up AS sth
    se erigió en árbitro de la polémica he set himself up as arbiter of the controversy
    se erigió en portavoz del grupo he took it upon himself to act as spokesman for the group
    * * *

    erigir ( conjugate erigir) verbo transitivo
    a) (frml) ‹ edificio› to build, erect (frml);

    ‹ monumento› to erect (frml), to raise (frml)
    b) (frml) (convertir, elevar) erigir algo/a algn en algo to set sth/sb up as sth

    erigirse verbo pronominal ( llegar a ser) erigirse en algo to become sth;
    ( atribuirse funciones de) to set oneself up as sth
    erigir verbo transitivo to erect, build
    ' erigir' also found in these entries:
    English:
    erect
    - raise
    - re-erect
    - set up
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [construir] to erect, to build
    2. [nombrar] to name;
    fue erigido rey de Dinamarca he was named king of Denmark
    * * *
    v/t
    1 erect
    2 persona set up (en as)
    * * *
    erigir {35} vt
    : to build, to erect
    * * *
    erigir vb to erect

    Spanish-English dictionary > erigir

  • 70 welcome

    1. interjection

    welcome home/to England! — willkommen zu Hause/in England!

    2. noun
    1) Willkommen, das

    outstay or overstay one's welcome — zu lange bleiben

    2) (reception) Empfang, der

    give somebody a warm welcome — (iron.) jemanden gebührend empfangen (iron.)

    3. transitive verb
    begrüßen; willkommen heißen (geh.)
    4. adjective
    1) willkommen; gefällig [Anblick]

    make somebody [feel] welcome — jemandem das Gefühl geben od. vermitteln, willkommen zu sein

    2) pred.

    you're welcome to take it — du kannst es gern nehmen

    you're welcome — (it was no trouble) gern geschehen!; keine Ursache!

    if you want to stay here for the night you are more than welcome — wenn Sie die Nacht über hier bleiben möchten, sind Sie herzlich willkommen

    * * *
    ['welkəm] 1. adjective
    (received with gladness and happiness: She will make you welcome; He is a welcome visitor at our house; The extra money was very welcome; The holiday made a welcome change.) willkommen
    2. noun
    (reception; hospitality: We were given a warm welcome.) der Willkommensgruß
    3. verb
    (to receive or greet with pleasure and gladness: We were welcomed by our hosts; She will welcome the chance to see you again.) willkommen heißen
    4. interjection
    (used to express gladness at someone's arrival: Welcome to Britain!) Willkommen
    - academic.ru/93701/welcoming">welcoming
    - be welcome to
    - you're welcome!
    * * *
    wel·come
    [ˈwelkəm]
    I. vt
    1. (greet gladly)
    ▪ to \welcome sb jdn willkommen heißen
    to \welcome sb warmly jdn herzlich willkommen heißen
    2. (be glad of)
    ▪ to \welcome sth etw begrüßen
    the new appointment has been widely \welcomed die neue Ernennung ist weithin begrüßt worden
    II. n
    1. (act of friendly reception) Willkommen nt
    they were given a warm \welcome man bereitete ihnen einen herzlichen Empfang
    to be given a hero's/heroine's \welcome wie ein Held/eine Heldin empfangen werden
    2. no pl (friendly reception) [freundlicher] Empfang
    speech of \welcome Begrüßungsansprache f
    3. (expression of approval) Zustimmung f
    to give sth a cautious [or guarded] \welcome etw dat verhalten zustimmen
    4.
    ▶ to outstay [or overstay] one's \welcome länger bleiben, als man erwünscht ist
    he outstayed his \welcome as Mayor er war zu lange Bürgermeister
    III. adj
    1. (gladly received) willkommen
    ▪ to be \welcome willkommen sein
    you're always \welcome, you'll always be \welcome du bist immer willkommen
    a \welcome guest ein willkommener [o gern gesehener] Gast
    to make sb very \welcome jdn sehr freundlich aufnehmen
    the restaurant made the children very \welcome das Restaurant war sehr kinderfreundlich
    2. (wanted) willkommen; (pleasant) angenehm
    she was a \welcome addition to the team sie war eine willkommene Bereicherung für die Mannschaft
    \welcome chance [or opportunity] willkommene Gelegenheit
    \welcome change willkommene Veränderung
    most [or particularly] [or very] \welcome sehr willkommen
    that drink was most \welcome! der Drink kam gerade recht!
    3. (willingly permitted)
    ▪ to be \welcome to do sth:
    you're \welcome to use the garage while we're away Sie können gerne unsere Garage benutzen, solange wir nicht da sind
    if they want to change the rules, they are \welcome to try ( iron) wenn sie die Regeln ändern wollen, sollen sie es nur versuchen
    4. (replying to thanks)
    thank you very much — you're \welcome vielen Dank — nichts zu danken [o keine Ursache] [o gern geschehen
    IV. n modifier (drink, chocolates, gift) Begrüßungs-
    V. interj willkommen!
    \welcome, come in hallo, komm rein
    \welcome to Cambridge [herzlich] willkommen in Cambridge
    \welcome to our humble abode ( hum) willkommen in unserem bescheidenen Heim
    \welcome aboard NAUT willkommen an Bord
    \welcome back/home willkommen zu Hause
    * * *
    ['welkəm]
    1. n
    Willkommen nt

    to receive a cold/warm welcome — kühl/herzlich empfangen werden, einen kühlen/herzlichen Empfang bekommen

    2. adj
    1) (= received with pleasure, pleasing) willkommen; visitor gern gesehen attr, willkommen; news angenehm, willkommen

    to make sb feel welcome — jdm das Gefühl geben, ein willkommener or gern gesehener Gast zu sein

    I didn't feel very welcome there — ich habe mich dort nicht sehr wohlgefühlt

    a welcome addition to... — eine willkommene Bereicherung... (gen)

    2)

    you're welcome! — nichts zu danken!, keine Ursache!, bitte sehr!, aber gerne!; (iro) von mir aus gerne!, wenns Ihnen Spaß macht!

    you're welcome to it/her! (iro) — von mir aus herzlich gerne, das/die kannst du gerne haben!

    3. vt (lit, fig)
    begrüßen, willkommen heißen (geh)

    to welcome sb to one's house — jdn bei sich zu Hause or in seinem Haus begrüßen or willkommen heißen (geh)

    4. interj

    welcome home/to Scotland/on board! — herzlich willkommen!, willkommen daheim/in Schottland/an Bord!

    * * *
    welcome [ˈwelkəm]
    A int willkommen (to in dat)!:
    welcome home! willkommen zu Hause!
    B s Willkommen n, Empfang m:
    bid sb welcome → C 1;
    give sb an enthusiastic welcome jemandem einen begeisterten Empfang bereiten;
    give sb a warm welcome jemanden freundlich aufnehmen;
    he was given a hero’s welcome er wurde wie ein Held begrüßt;
    outstay ( oder overstay, wear out) one’s welcome jemandes Gastfreundschaft überstrapazieren oder zu lange in Anspruch nehmen
    C v/t
    1. bewillkommnen, willkommen heißen
    2. fig begrüßen:
    a) etwas gutheißen
    b) einen Vorschlag etc gern annehmen
    D adj
    1. willkommen (Gast, Nachricht, etc):
    not welcome unerwünscht;
    you are always more than welcome Sie sind immer herzlich willkommen;
    make sb welcome jemanden freundlich oder herzlich aufnehmen oder empfangen
    2. herzlich eingeladen:
    you are welcome to it Sie können es gerne behalten oder nehmen oder haben;
    you are welcome to do it es steht Ihnen frei, es zu tun; Sie können es gerne tun;
    you are welcome to your own opinion iron meinetwegen können Sie denken, was Sie wollen;
    you’re welcome nichts zu danken!, keine Ursache!, bitte sehr!
    * * *
    1. interjection

    welcome home/to England! — willkommen zu Hause/in England!

    2. noun
    1) Willkommen, das

    outstay or overstay one's welcome — zu lange bleiben

    2) (reception) Empfang, der

    give somebody a warm welcome — (iron.) jemanden gebührend empfangen (iron.)

    3. transitive verb
    begrüßen; willkommen heißen (geh.)
    4. adjective
    1) willkommen; gefällig [Anblick]

    make somebody [feel] welcome — jemandem das Gefühl geben od. vermitteln, willkommen zu sein

    2) pred.

    you're welcome — (it was no trouble) gern geschehen!; keine Ursache!

    if you want to stay here for the night you are more than welcome — wenn Sie die Nacht über hier bleiben möchten, sind Sie herzlich willkommen

    * * *
    v.
    begrüßen v.
    willkommen v.

    English-german dictionary > welcome

  • 71 πνί̄γω

    πνί̄γω
    Grammatical information: v.
    Meaning: `to limit one's breath, to asphyxiate by squeezing, water or vapour, to choke, to drown, to be drowned', also `to muffle, to smother' (Epich., Sophr., IA.); on the meaning `to drown, to be drowned' Schulze BerlAkSb. 1918, 320ff. = Kl. Schr. 148 ff.
    Other forms: Aor. πνῖξαι, intr. a. pass. πνῐγ-ῆναι w. fut. - ήσομαι, late πνιχθῆναι, perf. midd. πέπνιγμαι.
    Compounds: Also w. prefix, esp. ἀπο- and κατα-.
    Derivatives: Several nom. actionis: 1. πνῖγος n. `smothery heat' (IA.; opposite ῥῖγος); 2. πνῖγ-μα n. `suffocating' (Hp.), - μός m. `id.' (Hp., X., Arist.) with - μώδης `suffocating' (Hp.), - μονή f. `id.' (Hdn. Epim.: cf. φλεγμονή, πημονή); 3. πνῖξις ( κατά- πνί̄γω) f. `choking, asphyxiation' (Arist., Thphr.), `drowning' ( PMag. Par.); 4. πνίξ, - γός f. `choking, asphyxiation' (Hp., Dsc.; like φρίξ a.o.; Chantraine Form. 2 f.); 5. πνιγετός m. = πνῖγος (Ptol.; H. s. ἀγχόνη); as πυρ-, παγ-ετός; 6. περιπνιγ-ή f. `suffocation' (Vett. Val.). Nom. agentis: 6. πνῐγεύς m. "suffocator", `cover for extinguishing the coals' (Ar., Arist.), `air chamber' (Hero, Ph. Bel.), `muzzle' (com.), prob. analog. from πνίγω, πνῐγῆναι after τρῑ̃βω, τρῐβ-ῆναι: -ή: - εύς a.o.; vgl. Bosshardt 48; 7. πνικτήρ m. `choker, choking' (Nonn.). Further 8. πνιγ-ῖτις (sc. γῆ) `kind of clay' (Dsc., Plin.; Redard 109; prob. from πνῖγος); 9. - αλίων, - ωνος m. `nightmare, incubus' (medic.); like αἰθαλ-ίων: αἰθ-άλη: αἴθω; 10. πνῑ-γηρός `smothery', esp. `smotheryly hot' (Hp., Att.; from πνῖγος or πνίγω); 11. πνῐγόεις `id.' (Nic., AP; ῐ metr. condit.); 12. περι-, συμ-πνῐγ-ής `suffocated' (Nic., J., D.S., after πνῐγ-ῆναι); 13. πνικτός `steamed, smothered' (com.), `airtight' (Hero), `suffocated, choked' ( Act. Ap.); 14. enlarged πνιγ-ίζω `to choke, to strangle' (AP; influenced by πυγ-ίζω).
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]X [probably]
    Etymology: Popular expressive verb without certain connection; one has thought of a cross of several words. The anlaut reminds of πνέω, the auslaut of φρύγω, φώγω, the vowel of κνίψ a. cogn., also of MLG knīpen (s. Κνίφων), but there is no basis for a certain decision. The comparison with some Germ. words for `snuffle', e.g. OHG fnaskazzen (Fick BB 7, 95 etc.; s. Bq and WP. 2, 85), is both semantically and especially phonetically and formally (πνῑγ- from *pnezg- [with reduced vowel]??; but fnaskazzen to OWNo. fnasa) quite unsatisfactory. -- The short in πνῐγ-ῆναι etc. can be analogal. -- So no etym.; is the word Pre-Greek?
    Page in Frisk: 2,567-568

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > πνί̄γω

  • 72 ἀποδίδωμι

    ἀποδίδωμι, [tense] fut. - δώσω: [tense] aor. 1 ἀπέδωκα: [tense] aor. 2
    A

    ἀπέδων A.D.Synt. 276.9

    , shortened inf. ἀποδοῦν prob. in Hsch.:— give up or back, restore, return,

    τινί τι Hom.

    , etc.: esp. render what is due, pay, as debts, penalties, submission, honour, etc.,

    τοκεῦσι θρέπτρα Il.4.478

    ; ἀ. τινὶ λώβην give him back his insuit, i.e. make atonement for it, ib.9.387 (tm.);

    τὴν πλημμέλειαν LXXNu.5.7

    ;

    εὖ ἔρδοντι κακὴν ἀ. ἀμοιβήν Thgn.1263

    ;

    ἀ. τὴν ὁμοίην τινί Hdt.4.119

    ;

    ἀμοιβάς Democr.92

    ;

    κακὸν ἀντ' ἀγαθοῦ Id.93

    ; ἀ. τὸ μόρσιμον pay the debt of fate, Pi.N.7.44;

    τὸ χρέος Hdt.2.136

    ;

    τὸν ναῦλον Ar.Ra. 270

    ; τὴν ζημίαν, τὴν καταδίκην, Th.3.70, 5.50;

    τὴν φερνήν PEleph.1.11

     (iv B. C.);

    εὐχάς X.Mem.2.2.10

    ;

    ἀ. ὀπίσω ἐς Ἡρακλείδας τὴν ἀρχήν Hdt.1.13

    , etc.;

    πόλεις ἀ. τοῖς παρακαταθεμένοις Aeschin.3.85

    ;

    ἀ. χάριτας Lys.31.24

    ;

    οὐκ ἐς χάριν ἀλλ' ἐς ὀφείλημα τὴν ἀρετ ὴν ἀ. Th.2.40

    ;

    ἀ. χάριν τινός Isoc.6.73

    ; [

    τὴν πόλιν] ἀ. τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις οἵανπερ παρὰ τῶν πατέρων παρελάβομεν X.HG7.1.30

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    ἔως κ' ἀπὸ πάντα δοθείη Od.2.78

    ; ἀ. μισθός, χάριτες, Ar.Eq. 1066, Th.3.63.
    2 assign,

    ταῖς γυναιξὶ μουσικὴν καὶ γυμναστικήν Pl.R. 456b

    ;

    τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὸ συμφέρον Arist.Rh. 1354b3

    , cf. 1356a15;

    τὸ πρὸς ἀλκὴν ὅπλον ἀ. ἡφύσις Id.GA 759b3

    , etc.
    b refer to one, as belonging to his department,

    εἰς τοὺς κριτὰς τὴν κρίσιν Pl.Lg. 765b

    ; ἀ. εἰς τὴν βουλὴν περὶ αὐτῶν refer their case to the Council, Isoc.18.6, cf. Lys.22.2, etc.
    3 render, yield, of land, ἐπὶ διηκόσια ἀποδοῦναι (sc. καρπόν) yield fruit two hundred-fold, Hdt.1.193;

    τἅλλα δ' ἅν τις καταβάλη ἀπέδωκεν ὀρθεῶς Men.Georg.38

    ; ἤν ἡ χώρη κατὰ λόγον ἐπιδιδοῖ ἐς ὕψος καὶ τὸ ὅμοιον ἀποδιδοῖ ἐς αὔξησιν renders, makes a like increase in extent, Hdt.2.13:—hence perh. metaph.,

    τὸ ἔργον ἀ. Arist.EN 1106a16

    ;

    ἀ. δάκρυ E.HF 489

    .
    4 concede, allow, c. inf., suffer or allow a person to do,

    ἀ. τισὶ αὐτονομεῖσθαι Th.1.144

    , cf. 3.36;

    εἰ δὲ τοῖς μὲν.. ἐπιτάττειν ἀποδώσετε D.2.30

    ;

    ἀ. κολάζειν Id.23.56

    ;

    τῷ δικαστηρίῳ ἀποδίδοται τοῦ φόνου τὰς δίκας δικάζειν Lys.1.30

    ;

    ἀ. τινὶ ζητεῖν Arist.Pol. 1341b30

    , cf. Po. 1454b5; also

    οὔτε ἀπολογίας ἀποδοθείσης And.4.3

    ; ἐπειδὰν αὐτοῖς ὁ λόγος ἀποδοθῆ when right of speech is allowed them, Aeschin.3.54.
    5 ἀ. τινά with an Adj., render or make so and so, like ἀποδείκνυμι, ἀ. τὴν τέρψιν βεβαιοτέραν Isoc.1.46;

    τέλειον ἀ. τὸ τέκνον Arist.GA 733b1

    ;

    δεῖ τὰς ἐνεργείας ποιὰς ἀ. Id.EN 1103b22

    ;

    μετριωτέραν τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν D.H.7.16

    .
    b exhibit, display,

    τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἀρετήν And.1.109

    ; ἀ. τὴν ἰδίαν μορφήν render, express it, Arist.Po. 1454b10; ἀ. φαντασίαν τινός present appearance of, Phld.Ir.p.71 W., al.
    6 deliver over, give up, e.g. as a slave, E. Cyc. 239;

    ἀ. τὸν μιαρὸν τῶ χρόνῳ φῆναι Antipho 4.4.11

    .
    7 ἀ. ἐπιστολήν deliver a letter, Th.7.10, cf. E.IT 745.
    8 ἀ. τὸν ἀγῶνα ὀρθῶς καὶ καλῶς bring it to a conclusion, Lycurg.149.
    9 λόγον ἀ. render an account, D.27.48:—[voice] Pass., μαρτυρίαι ἀ. Test. ap. D.18.137.
    10 ἀ. ὅρκον, v. ὅρκος.
    11 give an account or definition of a thing, explain it, E.Or. 150;

    ἀ. τί ἐστί τι Arist.Cat. 2b8

    , cf. 1a10, Metaph. 1040b30, al.; ἑπομένως τούτοις ἀ. τὴν ψυχήν Id.de.An. 405a4, cf. Ph. 194b34, al.; also, use by way of definition,

    ὁ μὲν τὴν ὕλην ἀποδίδωσιν, ὁ δὲ τὸ εἶδος Id.de An. 403b1

    ; simply, define,

    τὸν ἄνθρωπον S.E.M.7.272

    ; expound, Phld.D.3.14, cf. Epicur.Nat.14.3, 119G., 143 G.; render, interpret one word by another,

    ἀ. τὴν κοτύλην ἄλεισον Ath.11.479c

    ; explain, interpret,

    τὸ φωνὴν αἵματος βοᾶν Ph.1.209

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    βέλτιον ἀποδοθήσεται Epicur.Ep.1

     P.15 U.;

    ἀκριβεστέρως ἀποδοθήσεται A.D.Synt.45.21

    ;

    ἀ. τι πρός τι

     use with reference to,

    Olymp.in Mete.281.10

    , cf. Sch.Ar.Pl. 538.
    12 attach or append, make dependent upon, τί τινι or

    εἴς τι Hero Aut.24.5

    , 6, 2.
    13 ἀ. τί τινος assign a property to a thing, Arist.Top. 128b28.
    II intr., return, recur, Id.GA 722a8, HA 585b32.
    2 Rhet. and Gramm., introduce a clause answering to the πρότασις, Id.Rh. 1407a20;

    διὰ μακροῦ ἀ. D.H.Dem.9

    , etc.; cf.

    ἀπόδοσις 11.2

    ; οὐκ ἀποδίδωσι τὸ ἐπεί has no apodosis, Sch.Od.3.103; esp. in similes, complete the comparison, Arist.Rh. 1413a11.
    3 in Tactics, turn back to face the enemy,

    εἰς ὀρθόν Ascl.Tact.10.12

    , etc.
    4 Medic. in [voice] Pass., to be evacuated,

    σὺν τοῖς περιττώμασιν Dsc.4.82

    .
    III [voice] Med., give away of one's own will, sell, Ar.Av. 585, Hdt.1.70, etc.; ἀ. τι ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα take to Greece and sell it there, Id.2.56: c. gen. pretii, Ar.Ach. 830, Pax 1237;

    οὐκ ἄν ἀπεδόμην πολλοῦ τὰς ἐλπίδας Pl.Phd. 98b

    ; ἀ. τῆς ἀξίας, τοῦ εὑρίσκοντος, sell for its worth, for what it will fetch, Aeschin.1.96; ὅταν τις οἰκέτην πονηρὸν πωλῆ (= offer for sale)

    καὶ ἀποδῶται τοῦ εὑρόντος X.Mem.2.5.5

    , cf. Thphr. Char.15.4;

    διδοῦσι [τὰς νέας] πενταδράχμους ἀποδόμενοι Hdt.6.89

    ; ἀ. εἰσαγγελίαν sell, i.e. take a bribe to forgo, the information, D.25.47;

    οἱ δραχμῆς ἄν ἀποδόμενοι τὴν πόλιν X.HG 2.3.48

    ; at Athens, esp. farm out the public taxes, D.20.60, opp. ὠνέομαι: metaph.,

    οἷον πρὸς ἄργυρον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχάς Jul.Or.1.42b

    :—[voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are distinguished in Lex ap.And.1.97 πάντα ἀποδόμενος τὰ ἡμίσεα ἀποδώσω τῷ ἀποκτείναντι: but [voice] Act. is used in med. sense in Th.6.62 (s.v.l.), cf. Foed.Delph.Pell. 2 A 22, and possibly in E.Cyc. 239, Ar.Ra. 1235: [voice] Med. for [voice] Act. in Antipho Fr.54:—[voice] Pass., to be sold, Hsch.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀποδίδωμι

  • 73 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 74 think

    1. I
    I think therefore I am я мыслю, следовательно я существую; are animals able to think? мыслят ли животные?; don't act without thinking ничего не делай /не предпринимай/, не подумав; let me (give me time to) think дайте мне (время) подумать /собраться с мыслями, поразмыслить, сосредоточиться/; I know what you are thinking я знаю, что /о чем/ вы думаете
    2. II
    think in some manner think logically (creatively, constructively, shrewdly, idly, etc.) мыслить /думать/ логично и т.д.; think so /as much, this way/ думать определенным образом; he thinks [in] this way он мыслит таким образом; I thought as much я так и думал; no two minds think alike все мы думаем по-разному; you must learn to think clearly вам надо учиться ясно мыслить; think harder подумай получше; think much /а lot/ много думать; if you were to think a little less and act a little more it would be better for all для всех было бы лучше, если бы вы немного меньше размышляли и немного больше делали; is he going to come? I don't think so он собирается приехать? think не думаю; just think! подумать только! think for some time let me think a moment дайте мне немного подумать /сосредоточиться/
    3. III
    think smth.
    1) think great (sad, evil, base, pleasant, etc.) thoughts быть полным великих и т.д. дум /мыслей/; think business постоянно думать о делах
    2) think no harm /no evil/ не думать /не иметь в виду, не предполагать/ чего-л. дурного; one would not have thought it никто бы об этом не подумал, это никому не пришло бы в голову
    4. V
    think smth., smb. smth. think it a shame (it a most interesting book, her a clever young lady, him an impolite fellow, etc.) считать, что это позор /это позорным/ и т.д.; think oneself a hero считать себя героем; he doesn't think it any trouble at all он не считает это затруднительным, он считает, что это совсем нетрудно
    5. VI
    think smth., smb. as having some quality think smth. strange (the lecture interesting, the matter very important, the affair unlawful, his success probable, the girl pretty, him right, etc.) считать что-л. странным и т.д.; do you think it likely? вы считаете это вероятным?; think him very powerful (them clever, oneself important, etc.) считать его очень могущественным и т.д.; think smth. as being of some quality to do smth. think it proper (unusual, necessary, strange, etc.) to say this (to go there, to take it, etc.) считать приличным и т.д. сказать это и т.д.; I don't think it wise to go there я считаю неблагоразумным идти туда; I thought it better to stay away (not to try, etc.) я считал, что лучше держаться подальше и т.д.
    6. VII
    think smb., smth. [to be] smth. think him to be a fool (him to be more straightforward, the girl more intelligent, the matter to be more delicate, etc.) считать его дураком и т.д.; do you think him very much to blame? вы считаете его очень виноватым?; I think it to correspond to facts я думаю /считаю/, что это соответствует фактам
    7. XI
    1) be thought about /of/ smth. it must (should, etc.) be thought about /of/ об этом нужно (следует и т.д.) (подумать; there are a number of things to be thought of before we come to a decision прежде, чем мы примем какое-либо решение, надо подумать /поразмыслить/ о ряде вещей /надо учесть ряд вещей/
    2) be thought of a new house (a motor саг, а winter holiday in the south, etc.) is not to /cannot/ be thought of о новом доме и т.д. думать нечего /и подумать нельзя/; such a thing is not to be thought of о таких вещах и мечтать нечего
    3) be thought [to be] in some state be thought dead (mad, richt, to be fair, to be lost, etc.) считаться умершим и т.д.; be thought to be smth. he is thought to be a scholar его считают ученым; it is thought to be a fraud считают, что это обман; be thought that it was thought that he would accept the position полагали /считали/, что он согласится на этот пост; be thought of in some manner he is well (highly) thought of о нем хорошо отзываются; it was thought of as impossible это считалось невозможным
    8. XIII
    think to do smth. think to deceive us (to escape punishment, to help you, to find a home with his daughter, to get a special favour, etc.) надеяться /собираться/ обмануть нас и т.д.; I never thought to find you here (to see you, to meet him again, etc.) я не подумал /никогда не думал/, что могу вас здесь застать и т.д.; think what to do next (how to help, etc.) думать о том, что делать дальше и т.д.
    9. XV
    think as having some quality think fit (proper, good, etc.) считать удобным и т.д.; do as you think best делайте, как вам кажется /вы считаете/ лучше; do not think ill of me не думайте обо мне плохо
    10. XVI
    1) think in smth. think in German (in a foreign language, etc.) думать /мыслить/ по-немецки и т.д.; think about /of/ smth. think about /of/ the matter (about that question, about /of/ everything, of many things, about smb.'s suggestion, about the problem, about /of/ the proposal, of such a possibility, etc.) (по)думать об этом деле и т.д., обдумывать это дело и т.д.; why don't you " about my offer before you make up your mind? вам не мешало бы взвесить /продумать/ мое предложение прежде, чем решать; what are you thinking about /of/? о чем вы думаете?; it is not worth thinking about об этом не стоит думать; when I least thought of it когда я меньше всего об этом думал; think (up)on smth. think on life (on the matter, upon life and death, on love, etc.) думать /размышлять/ о жизни и т.д.; there is one thing you ought to think on вам следует подумать об одной вещи
    2) think of /about/ smth., smb. think of old times (of home, about one's childhood days, about life in the mountains, of the accident, of her, etc.) думать /вспоминать/ о прошлом /о прежних временах/ и т.д.; I can't think of his name at the moment (of his address, of the right phrase, of the name of this place, etc.) я не могу сразу вспомнить его имя и т.д.; I can't think of the figures цифры /числа/ выпали у меня из памяти, я сейчас забыл цифры; I can't think of the right word мне не приходит в голову нужное слово
    3) think about /of/ smb. think about /of/ his mother (about one's friends, about the friends one has lost, of others, of other people first, etc.) думать /беспокоиться/ о своей матери и т.д.; I have my wife and family to think of мне надо подумать /позаботиться, побеспокоиться/ о жене и всей семье; he thinks only (too much) of himself, he thinks of no one but himself он думает только о себе; think about /of/ smth. think about /of/ smb. think feelings (of smb.'s plight, of their welfare, etc.) думать о чьих-л. чувствах и т.д., считаться с чьими-л. чувствами и т.д.; they think about nothing but clothes (about hair styles, about nothing but sport and pleasure, etc.) у них на уме только платья и т.д., они ни о чем другом, кроме платьев и т.д. не думают
    4) think of smth., smb. think of a way out of the difficulty (of some excuse to give them, of a word beginning with В, of a good plan, of an amusing way to spend the evening, of such a thing, of a good place for a week-end holidays, etc.) придумать выход из тяжелого положения и т.д.; I just didn't think of it мне это просто не пришло в голову, об этом-то я и не подумал; think of a number задумайте число; think of the danger (of the people who risk their lives, of the nerve of that fellow, of that man being there, etc.) подумать об опасности и т.д., представить /вообразить/ себе опасность и т.д.; I would never have thought of this possibility мне эта возможность не приходила в голову
    5) think of /about/ smth., smb. what do you think of this plan (of the idea, of my new dress. of our new car, of this man, about me, etc.)? что вы думаете /какого вы мнения/ об этом плане и т.д.?; what do you "think of his speech? как вам понравилась его речь?; I told him what I thought of him я высказал /сказал/ ему [все], что я о нем думаю; think of her as a friend (of her as still a child, of you as a replacement for the man who quit, of him as being tall, of golf as waste of time, etc.) считать ее другом и т.д., думать о ней, как о друге и т.д.; think well (highly, harshly, meanly, etc.) of smth., smb. быть хорошего и т.д. мнения о чем-л., ком-л.; I will not think so poorly of her я не хочу о ней так плохо думать; it depends how you think of it все зависит от того, как к этому отнестись || we thought better of it мы передумали /раздумали/
    11. XVII
    1) think before doing smth. think before answering (before making a decision, before accepting, before refusing, etc.) сначала подумать /взвесить/, а потом отвечать и т.д., подумать, прежде чем ответить и т.д.
    2) think about /of/ doing smth. think about moving to another house (about buying a new piano, about taking her to dinner, about emigrating to Canada, about getting a job, of going tomorrow, of going to Spain for our holiday, of marrying, etc.) подумывать о переезде /собираться переехать, строить планы о том, чтобы переехать/ в другой дом и т.д.; а girl thinks more of "looking nice" than a boy does девушки больше заботятся /думают/ о своей внешности, чем молодые люди; he would not (never) think of letting her go (of allowing it, of inviting them, of going unless he were invited, of saying such things about a lady, of doing such a thing, of allowing my children to stay out until this late hour, etc.) ему бы (никогда) не пришло в голову /он бы и не подумал/ отпустить ее и т.д.; the price is so high that I cannot think of buying it цена так высока, что я и мечтать не могу [, чтобы] купить это
    3) think about /of/ doing smth. what do you think about going to Spain (of going to the movies tonight, etc.)? как вы /что вы думаете/ насчет поездки в Испанию и т.д.?; what did they think of his playing (of her painting, of our singing, etc.)? что они думают /какого они мнения/ о его игре /о том, как он играет/ и т.д.?
    12. XVIII
    think to oneself he is not telling the truth, I thought to myself он лжет, подумал я про себя; he was thinking to himself how strange the children were он отметил про себя, какими странными были дети; think for oneself you must think for yourself ты должен решать сам; think oneself into some state think oneself silly довести себя раздумьями до отупения; he thought himself into a fever он так много думал, что заболел
    13. XXI1
    think smth. of (about) smb., smth. think unjust things of her думать о ней несправедливо; he thought the world of her он о ней был очень высокого мнения; I think very little of his work (of his abilities, about the new novel, of the teacher, etc.) я очень невысокого мнения о его работе и т.д.; I don't think much of him as a teacher я не высоко ставлю /ценю/ его как преподавателя || think it beneath one (smb.) to do smth. считать ниже своего (чьего-л.) достоинства что-л. сделать
    14. XXV
    1) think what... (why..., how..., etc.) think what she would do next (why he came, how to help, etc.) думать о том, что ей делать дальше и т.д.
    2) think how... (what...., where..., etc.) you can't think how pleased I was (how surprised he was, how glad I am, what he means, what a sharp tongue she has, why she left, where he is, etc.) вы не можете себе представить, как я был доволен и т.д.; think that... I never thought that he himself would come я никогда не думал /не ожидал/, что он сам придет; [only] to think that he is twenty (that I should be let off so early, etc.) подумать только, что ему всего двадцать и т.д.
    3) think [that] think [that] you are clever (that he is ready, that the earth is flat, you can do it, you are acting foolishly, etc.) думать /полагать, считать/, что вы умны и т.д.; what do you think I ought to do? как вы думаете, что мне следует делать?; I think I'll go now я, пожалуй, пойду; ну, я пошел; it is going to rain, I think мне кажется, будет дождь; it will be better, don't you think, to start early? не лучше ли выехать пораньше, как вы полагаете?; think before you do smth. think carefully before you answer (before you begin, before you accept, etc.) хорошенько подумай, прежде чем отвечать и т.д.
    15. XXVII1
    think of what... think of what I've said (of what I told you, of what this means, etc.) подумай о том /над тем/, что я сказал и т.д.; think of what might have happened думать о том, что могло случиться

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > think

  • 75 adversa

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    ► a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adversa

  • 76 adverto

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    ► a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adverto

  • 77 advorto

    ad-verto (archaic advor-), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn a thing to or toward a place (in this signif., without animus; mostly poet.; syn.: observare, animadvertere, videre, cognoscere).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen., with in or dat.:

    illa sese huc advorterat in hanc nostram plateam,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    in quamcunque domus lumina partem,

    Ov. M. 6, 180; cf. id. ib. 8, 482:

    malis numen,

    Verg. A. 4, 611:

    huc aures, huc, quaeso, advertite sensus,

    Sil. 16, 213; cf. id. 6, 105.—
    B.
    Esp., a naut. t. t., to turn, direct, steer a ship to a place:

    classem in portum,

    Liv. 37, 9 Drak.:

    terrae proras,

    Verg. A. 7, 35; id. G. 4, 117 al.:

    Colchos puppim,

    Ov. H. 12, 23.— Absol.:

    profugi advertere coloni,

    landed, Sil. 1, 288;

    hence also transf. to other things: aequore cursum,

    Verg. A. 7, 196:

    pedem ripae,

    id. ib. 6, 386:

    urbi agmen,

    id. ib. 12, 555: adverti with acc. poet. for verti ad:

    Scythicas advertitur oras,

    Ov. M. 5, 649 (cf. adducor litora remis, id. ib. 3, 598, and Rudd. II. p. 327).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    Animum (in the poets and Livy also animos, rarely mentem) advertere; absol., or with adv. or ad aliquid, or alicui rei, to direct the mind, thoughts, or attention to a thing, to advert to, give attention to, attend to, to heed, observe, remark:

    si voles advortere animum, Enn. ap. Var. L. L. 7, § 89 Müll. (Trag. v. 386 Vahl.): facete advortis animum tuum ad animum meum,

    Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 39:

    nunc huc animum advortite ambo,

    id. ib. 3, 1, 169:

    advertunt animos ad religionem,

    Lucr. 3, 54:

    monitis animos advertite nostris,

    Ov. M. 15, 140:

    animum etiam levissimis rebus adverterent,

    Tac. A. 13, 49.—With ne, when the object of attention is expressed:

    ut animum advertant, ne quos offendant,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68:

    adverterent animos, ne quid novi tumultūs oriretur,

    Liv. 4, 45.—
    B.
    Animum advertere, to observe a thing by directing the mind to it, to observe, to notice, to remark, to perceive (in the class. period contracted to animadvertere, q. v.).—Constr. with two accusatives, animum advertere aliquid (where aliquid may be regarded as depending on the prep. in comp., Roby, § 1118, or on animum advertere, considered as one idea, to observe), with acc. and inf., or rel. clause (the first mode of construction, most frequent with the pronouns id, hoc, illud, etc., is for the most part ante-class., and appears in Caes., Cic., and Sall. as an archaism):

    et hoc animum advorte,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 43:

    hanc edictionem,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 10:

    haec animum te advertere par est,

    Lucr. 2, 125:

    animum adverti columellam e dumis eminentem,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 65; id. Inv. 2, 51, 153:

    Postquam id animum advertit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 24; 4, 12:

    quidam Ligus animum advortit inter saxa repentīs cocleas,

    Sall. J. 93, 2. In Vitruv. once with hinc:

    ut etiam possumus hinc animum advertere,

    as we can hence perceive, Vitr. 10, 22, 262.—With the acc. and inf.:

    postquam tantopere id vos velle animum advorteram,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 16:

    animum advertit magnas esse copiashostium instructas,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18: cum animum adverteret locum relictum esse, Auct. B. Alex. 31; ib. 46.—With the rel. clause: nunc quam rem vitio dent, quaeso, animum advortite, Ter. And. prol. 8: quid ille sperare possit, animum adverte, Dolab. ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 9:

    quam multarum rerum ipse ignarus esset... animum advertit,

    Liv. 24, 48. Sometimes advertere alone = animum advertere; so once in Cicero's letters: nam advertebatur Pompeii familiares assentiri Volcatio, Fam. 1, 1 (although here, as well as almost everywhere, the readings fluctuate between advertere and animadvertere; cf. Orell. ad h. l.; animadvertebatur, B. and K.). So Verg. in the imp.:

    qua ratione quod instat, Confieri possit, paucis, adverte, docebo,

    attend! Verg. A. 4, 115.—In the histt., esp. Tac. and Pliny, more frequently:

    donec advertit Tiberius,

    Tac. A. 4, 54:

    Zenobiam advertere pastores,

    id. ib. 12, 51:

    advertere quosdam cultu externo in sedibus senatorum,

    id. ib. 13, 54:

    quotiens novum aliquid adverterat,

    id. ib. 15, 30 al.:

    hirudo quam sanguisugam appellari adverto,

    Plin. 8, 10, 10, § 29:

    ut multos adverto credidisse,

    id. 2, 67, 67, § 168. Still more rarely, advertere animo:

    animis advertite vestris,

    Verg. A. 2, 712:

    hanc scientiam ad nostros pervenisse animo adverto,

    Plin. 25, 2, 3, § 5; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 4, 27, 8.—
    C.
    To draw or turn something, esp. the attention of another, to or upon one's self (in the histt.):

    gemitus ac planctus militum aures oraque advertere,

    Tac. A. 1, 41:

    octo aquilae imperatorem advertere,

    id. ib. 2, 17: recentia veteraque odia advertit, drew them on himself, id. ib. 4, 21 al.—
    D.
    To call the attention of one to a definite act, i. e. to admonish of it, to urge to it (cf. II. A.):

    non docet admonitio, sed advertit,

    i. e. directs attention, Sen. Ep. 94:

    advertit ea res Vespasiani animum, ut, etc.,

    Tac. H. 3, 48.—
    E.
    Advertere in aliquem, for the more usual animadvertere in aliquem, to attend to one, i. e. to punish one (only in Tac.):

    in P. Marcium consules more prisco advertere,

    Tac. A. 2, 32:

    ut in reliquos Sejani liberos adverteretur,

    id. ib. 5, 9 (cf. id. Germ. 7, 3: animadvertere).—Hence,
    1.
    adversus (archaic advor-), a, um, P. a., turned to or toward a thing, with the face or front toward, standing over against, opposite, before, in front of (opp. aversus).
    A.
    In gen.:

    solem adversum intueri,

    Cic. Somn. Scip. 5:

    Iris... Mille trahens varios adverso sole colores,

    Verg. A. 4, 701; id. G. 1, 218:

    antipodes adversis vestigiis stant contra nostra vestigia,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 39: dentes adversi acuti ( the sharp front teeth) morsu dividunt escas, Cic. N. D. 2, 54:

    quod is collis, tantum adversus in latitudinem patebat, quantum etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8 Herz. So, hostes adversi, who make front against one advancing or retreating, id. ib. 2, 24:

    L. Cotta legatus in adversum os fundā vulneratur,

    in front, Caes. B. G. 5, 35; cf. Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 1; Liv. 21, 7 fin. al.; hence, vulnus adversum, a wound in front (on the contr., vulnus aversum, a wound in the back), Cic. Har. Resp. 19:

    adversis vulneribus,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 35, 4:

    judicibus cicatrices adversas ostendere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28:

    cicatrices populus Romanus aspiceret adverso corpore exceptas,

    id. Verr. 5, 3:

    impetus hostium adversos, Auct. B. Alex. 8: Romani advorso colle evadunt,

    ascend the hill in front, Sall. J. 52:

    adversa signa,

    Liv. 30, 8:

    legiones quas Visellius et C. Silius adversis itineribus objecerant,

    i. e. marches in which they went to meet the enemy, Tac. A. 3, 42: sed adverso fulgure ( by a flash of lightning falling directly before him) pavefactus est Nero, Suet. Ner. 48:

    armenta egit Hannibal in adversos montes,

    Quint. 2, 17, 19; cf. Lucr. 3, 1013; so Hor. S. 1, 1, 103; 2, 3, 205:

    qui timet his adversa,

    the opposite of this, id. Ep. 1, 6, 9 al. —Hence, of rivers: flumine adverso, up the stream, against the stream:

    in adversum flumen contendere,

    Lucr. 4, 423:

    adverso feruntur flumine,

    id. 6, 720; so Verg. G. 1, 201:

    adverso amne,

    Plin. 18, 6, 7, § 33;

    adverso Tiberi subvehi,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 22, 3 (opp. to secundā aquā, down stream, with the stream:

    rate in secundam aquam labente,

    Liv. 21, 47, 3); and of winds, opposed to a vessel's course, head winds, contrary winds, consequently unfavorable, adverse:

    navigationes adversis ventis praecluduntur, Auct. B. Alex. 8: adversissimi navigantibus venti,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 107.— Subst.: adversum, i, the opposite: hic ventus a septentrionibus oriens adversum tenet Athenis proficiscentibus, [p. 50] holds the opposite to those sailing from Athens, i. e. blows against them, Nep. Milt. 1 (so Nipperdey; but v. Hand, Turs. I. p. 183). — Adv.: ex adverso, also written exadverso and exadversum, opposite to, over against, ek tou enantiou:

    portus ex adverso urbi positus,

    Liv. 45, 10.—With gen.:

    Patrae ex adverso Aetoliae et fluminis Eveni,

    Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11.—Without case:

    cum ex adverso starent classes,

    Just. 2, 14; so Suet. Caes. 39; Tib. 33.—In adversum, to the opposite side, against:

    et duo in adversum immissi per moenia currus,

    against each other, Prop. 3, 9, 23; so Gell. 2, 30; cf. Verg. A. 8, 237;

    in adversum Romani subiere,

    Liv. 1, 12; 7, 23.—
    B.
    In hostile opposition to, adverse to, unfavorable, unpropitious (opp. secundus; frequent and class.): conqueri fortunam adversam, Pac. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 21, 50:

    hic dies pervorsus atque advorsus mihi obtigit,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 1:

    advorsus nemini,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 37:

    mentes improborum mihi infensae et adversae,

    Cic. Sull. 10:

    acclamatio,

    id. de Or. 2, 83: adversā avi aliquid facere, vet. poët. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 16:

    adversis auspiciis,

    Aur. Vict. Vir. Illustr. 64, 6:

    adversum omen,

    Suet. Vit. 8:

    adversissima auspicia,

    id. Oth. 8: adversae res, misfortune, calamity, adverse fortune:

    ut adversas res, sic secundas immoderate ferre levitatis est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26; cf.:

    adversi casus,

    Nep. Dat. 5:

    adversae rerum undae,

    a sea of troubles, Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 22: omnia secundissima nobis, adversissima illis accidisse, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 9 (the sup. is found also in Cæs. B. C. 3, 107):

    quae magistratus ille dicet, secundis auribus, quae ab nostrum quo dicentur, adversis accipietis?

    Liv. 6, 40:

    adversus annus frugibus,

    id. 4, 12:

    valetudo adversa,

    i. e. sickness, id. 10, 32:

    adversum proelium,

    an unsuccessful engagement, id. 7, 29; cf.

    8, 31: adverso rumore esse,

    to be in bad repute, to have a bad reputation, Tac. Ann. 14, 11:

    adversa subsellia,

    on which the opposition sit, Quint. 6, 1, 39.—Sometimes met. of feeling, contrary to, hated, hateful, odious:

    quīs omnia regna advorsa sint,

    Sall. J. 83; cf. Luc. 2, 229 Bentl.— Comp.:

    neque est aliud adversius,

    Plin. 32, 4, 14, § 35.—
    * Adv.: adver-sē, self-contradictorily, Gell. 3, 16.— ad-versum, i, subst., esp. in the plur. adversa, misfortune, calamity, disaster, adversity, evil, mischief:

    advorsa ejus per te tecta sient,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 28:

    nihil adversi,

    Cic. Brut. 1, 4:

    si quid adversi accidisset,

    Nep. Alc. 8; cf. Liv. 22, 40; 35, 13:

    secunda felices, adversa magnos probant,

    Plin. Pan. 31;

    esp. freq. in Tac.: prospera et adversa pop. Rom., Ann. 1, 1: adversa tempestatum et fluctuum,

    id. Agr. 25; so id. A. 3, 24; 45; 2, 69; 4, 13 al.— Subst.: adversus, i, m., an opponent, adversary (rare):

    multosque mortalīs ea causa advorsos habeo,

    Sall. C. 52, 7.—In Quint. also once ad-versa, ae, f., subst., a female opponent or adversary: natura noverca fuerit, si facultatem dicendi sociam scelerum, adversam innocentiae, invenit, 12, 1, 2.—
    C.
    In rhet., opposed to another of the same genus, e. g. sapientia and stultitia: “Haec quae ex eodem genere contraria sunt, appellantur adversa,” Cic. Top. 11.
    3.
    adversus or adversum (archaic advor-) (like rursus and rursum, prorsus and prorsum, quorsus and quorsum), adv. and prep., denoting direction to or toward an object (syn.: contra, in with acc., ad, erga).
    A.
    Adv.: opposite to, against, to, or toward a thing, in a friendly or hostile sense:

    ibo advorsum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 29:

    facito, ut venias advorsum mihi,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 82:

    obsecro te, matri ne quid tuae advorsus fuas, Liv. And. ap. Non. s. v. fuam, 111, 12 (Trag. Rel. p. 3 Rib.): quis hic est, qui advorsus it mihi?

    Plaut. Men. 3, 2, 22:

    adversus resistere,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 3:

    nemo adversus ibat,

    Liv. 37, 13, 8 al. In Plaut. and Ter. advorsum ire, or venire, to go to meet; also of a slave, to go to meet his master and bring him from a place (hence adversitor, q. v.):

    solus nunc eo advorsum hero ex plurimis servis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 23:

    ei advorsum venimus,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 32; Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 2 Ruhnk.—
    B.
    Prep. with acc., toward or against, in a friendly or a hostile sense.
    1.
    In a friendly sense.
    (α).
    Of place, turned to or toward, opposite to, before, facing, over against: qui cotidie unguentatus adversum speculum ornetur, before the mirror, Scipio ap. Gell. 7, 12:

    adversus advocatos,

    Liv. 45, 7, 5:

    medicus debet residere illustri loco adversus aegrum,

    opposite to the patient, Cels. 3, 6:

    adversus Scyllam vergens in Italiam,

    Plin. 3, 8, 14, § 87:

    Lerina, adversum Antipolim,

    id. 3, 5, 11, § 79.—
    (β).
    In the presence of any one, before:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9: idque gratum fuisse advorsum te habeo gratiam, I am thankful that this is acceptable before ( to) thee, Ter. And. 1, 1, 15: paululum adversus praesentem fortitudinem mollitus, somewhat softened at such firmness (of his wife), Tac. A. 15, 63.—Hence very often with verbs of speaking, answering, complaining, etc., to declare or express one's self to any one, to excuse one's self or apologize, and the like: te oportet hoc proloqui advorsum illam mihi, Enn. ap. Non. 232, 24 (Trag. v. 385 Vahl.):

    immo si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum tibi,

    what he told me of you, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 47: de vita ac morte domini fabulavere advorsum fratrem illius, Afran. ap. Non. 232, 25:

    mulier, credo, advorsum illum res suas conqueritur,

    Titin. ib. 232, 21:

    utendum est excusatione etiam adversus eos, quos invitus offendas,

    Cic. Off. 2, 19, 68; Tac. A. 3, 71.— With that to which a reply is made, to (= ad):

    adversus ea consul... respondit,

    Liv. 4, 10, 12; 22, 40, 1; cf. Drak. ad 3, 57, 1.—
    (γ).
    In comparison, as if one thing were held toward, set against, or before another (v. ad, I. D. 4.); against, in comparison with, compared to:

    repente lectus adversus veterem imperatorem comparabitur,

    will be compared with, Liv. 24, 8, 8:

    quid autem esse duo prospera bella Samnitium adversus tot decora populi Rom.,

    id. 7, 32, 8.—
    (δ).
    Of demeanor toward one, to, toward:

    quonam modo me gererem adversus Caesarem,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 27, 11:

    te adversus me omnia audere gratum est,

    i. e. on my account, on my behalf, for my advantage, id. ib. 9, 22, 15:

    lentae adversum imperia aures,

    Tac. A. 1, 65.—Esp. often of friendly feeling, love, esteem, respect toward or for one (cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 9, 22; Heusing. ad Cic. Off. 1, 11, 1;

    Hab. Syn. 49): est enim pietas justitia adversus deos,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 41, 116; id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    adhibenda est igitur quaedam reverentia adversus homines,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 99 Beier:

    sunt quaedam officia adversus eos servanda, a quibus injuriam acceperis,

    id. ib. 1, 11, 33:

    adversus merita ingratissimus,

    Vell. 2, 69, 5:

    summa adversus alios aequitas erat,

    Liv. 3, 33, 8:

    ob egregiam fidem adversus Romanos,

    id. 29, 8, 2; so id. 45, 8, 4 al.:

    beneficentiā adversus supplices utendum,

    Tac. A. 11, 17.— More rarely
    (ε).
    of the general relation of an object or act to a person or thing (v. ad, I. D. 1.), in relation, in respect, or in regard to a thing:

    epistula, ut adversus magistrum morum, modestior,

    as addressed to a censor of manners, Cic. Fam. 3, 13, 8:

    quasi adversus eos acquieverit sententiae,

    in regard to the same, Dig. 49, 1; 3, 1.—
    2.
    In a hostile sense, against (the most usual class. signif. of this word): “Contra et adversus ita differunt, quod contra, ad locum, ut: contra basilicam; adversus, ad animi motum, ut: adversus illum facio; interdum autem promiscue accipitur,” Charis. p. 207 P.; cf. Cort. ad Sall. J. 101, 8:

    advorsum legem accepisti a plurimis pecuniam,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 2, 48:

    advorsum te fabulare illud,

    against thy interest, to thy disadvantage, id. Stich. 4, 2, 11:

    stultus est advorsus aetatem et capitis canitudinem, id. ap. Fest. s. v. canitudinem, p. 47: advorsum animi tui libidinem,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 19:

    adversum leges, adversum rem publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 84, § 195:

    respondebat, SI PARET, ADVERSUM EDICTUM FECISSE,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 28, §

    69: me adversus populum Romanum possem defendere,

    id. Phil. 1, 13 al. —In the histt., of a hostile attack, approach, etc.:

    gladiis districtis impetum adversus montem in cohortes faciunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 46:

    adversus se non esse missos exercitus,

    Liv. 3, 66:

    bellum adversum Xerxem moret,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 24, 3:

    copiis quibus usi adversus Romanum bellum,

    Liv. 8, 2, 5:

    adversus vim atque injuriam pugnantes,

    id. 26, 25, 10 al.:

    T. Quintius adversus Gallos missus est,

    Eutr. 2, 2: Athenienses adversus tantam tempestatem belli duos duces deligunt, Just. 3, 6, 12 al.—Among physicians, of preventives against sickness, against (v. ad, I. A. 2.):

    adversus profusionem in his auxilium est,

    Cels. 5, 26; 6, 27 al.:

    frigidus jam artus et cluso corpore adversum vim veneni,

    Tac. A. 15, 64.— Trop.:

    egregium adversus tempestates receptaculum,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 4; so id. ib. 2, 15, 36.—Hence: firmus, invictus, fortis adversus aliquid (like contra), protected against a thing, firm, fixed, secure:

    advorsum divitias animum invictum gerebat,

    Sall. J. 43, 5:

    invictus adversum gratiam animus,

    Tac. A. 15, 21:

    adversus convicia malosque rumores firmus ac patiens,

    Suet. Tib. 28:

    Adversus omnes fortis feras canis,

    Phaedr. 5, 10, 1; and in opp. sense: infirmus, inferior adversus aliquid, powerless against, unequal to:

    fama, infirmissimum adversus vivos fortes telum,

    Curt. 4, 14:

    infirmus adversum pecuniam,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 9, 6:

    inferior adversus laborem,

    id. Epit. 40, 20.
    ► a.
    Adversus is rarely put after the word which it governs:

    egone ut te advorsum mentiar,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 7, 9:

    hunc adversus,

    Nep. Con. 2, 2; id. Tim. 4, 3:

    quos advorsum ierat,

    Sall. J. 101, 8.—
    b.
    It sometimes suffers tmesis:

    Labienum ad Oceanum versus proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33:

    animadvortit fugam ad se vorsum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58:

    animum advortere ad se vorsum exercitum pergere,

    id. ib. 69: ad Cordubam versus iter facere coepit, Auct. B. Hisp. 10 and 11; cf. in-versus:

    in Galliam vorsus castra movere,

    Sall. C. 56; Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 12; Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78; the Eng. to-ward: to us ward, Psa. 40, 5; and the Gr. eis-de: eis halade, Hom. Od. 10, 351.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > advorto

  • 78 kind

    I [kaınd] n
    1. 1) сорт, класс, разряд

    good [bad, remarkable, usual] kind - хороший [плохой, замечательный, обычный] сорт /вид, разряд/

    a new kind of silk [paper, apples] - новый сорт шёлка [бумаги, яблок]

    the wrong kind of paper - не такая бумага, как нужно

    all [many, other] kinds of things - всякие [разные, другие] вещи

    different kinds of animals [plants, fruits] - различные животные [растения, плоды]

    what kind of car do you drive? - какой марки у вас машина?

    this kind of things, things of this kind - такие вещи, вещи подобного рода

    what kind of plant [man, paper, book] is this? - что это за растение [человек, бумага, книга]?

    2) разновидность, вид

    a kind of orange (different from the usual kind) - разновидность апельсина (отличная от обычного)

    the sardine is a fish of the herring kind - сардина - представитель сельдевых

    3) сходные предметы; похожие люди

    two of a kind - два предмета одного и того же сорта /вида, типа/

    all of a kind - все одного сорта, все одинаковые

    2. характер ( человека); личность

    she is not the kind to talk scandal - она не из тех, кто злословит

    3. род, вид; племя

    to be fond of one's (own) kind - любить своих ближних, любить людей

    4. природа, характер, отличительные особенности

    they differ in degree but not in kind - тут разница в степени, а не в существе

    5. натура (как средство оплаты и т. п.)

    payment in kind - платёж натурой; натуральная оплата

    donations to the Red Cross in kind - пожертвования в пользу Красного Креста натурой (продовольствием, медикаментами и т. п.)

    benefits in kind - дополнительное вознаграждение, оплата, выплачиваемая натурой ( в дополнение к жалованью)

    6. арх. манера, способ (присущий кому-л.)

    to act after smb.'s kind - поступать подобно кому-л.

    ♢ a kind of - почти, как бы; что-то вроде, нечто похожее /напоминающее/

    of a kind - а) в своём роде; нечто вроде; this box will make a table of a kind - этот ящик может в случае нужды заменить стол; б) посредственный, так себе; неважный

    coffee of a kind - что-то вроде кофе, скверный кофе

    to repay /to pay back, to answer, to return/ in kind - отвечать тем же; ≅ отплачивать той же монетой

    II [kaınd] a
    1. 1) добрый, доброжелательный; сердечный, ласковый

    kind person [act, heart] - добрый человек [поступок, -ое сердце]

    to be kind to smb. - а) хорошо относиться к кому-л., хорошо обращаться с кем-л.; б) быть добрым /любезным/ с кем-л.

    to be kind about smth. - доброжелательно /сердечно/ отнестись к чему-л.

    to be kind in smth. - проявлять доброту в чём-л.

    2) любезный, внимательный

    you are very kind - вы очень любезны, спасибо

    it is very kind of you - с вашей стороны это очень любезно /мило/

    will you be kind enough /so kind as/ to do that - будьте любезны /добры/ сделать это

    be kind enough to hold your tongue - пожалуйста, попридержите язык

    2. разг. приятный, мягкий
    3. офиц. арх. любящий, нежный

    with kind regards, yours... - с сердечным приветом, ваш... ( в конце письма)

    4. 1) редк. податливый, послушный
    2) тех. поддающийся обработке
    3) горн. мягкий ( о руде)

    НБАРС > kind

  • 79 βαίνω

    βαίνω (inf.
    A

    βαίμεναι Hsch.

    ), [tense] fut.

    βήσομαι Il.2.339

    , etc., [dialect] Dor.

    βᾱσεῦμαι Theoc.2.8

    , etc.: [tense] pf.

    βέβηκα Il.15.90

    , etc., [dialect] Dor.

    βέβᾱκα Pi.I.4(3).41

    , etc., with shortd. forms

    βεβάᾱσι Il.2.134

    , [var] contr.

    βεβᾶσι A.Pers. 1002

     (lyr.), Eu.76, etc.; subj. βεβῶσι ([etym.] ἐμ-) Pl.Phdr. 252e; inf.

    βεβάμεν Il.17.359

    ,

    βεβάναι E.Heracl. 610

     (lyr.); part.

    βεβαώς, -αυῖα Il.14.477

    , Hom.Epigr.15.10, [var] contr. βεβώς: [tense] plpf.

    ἐβεβήκειν Il.11.296

    , etc., [dialect] Ep.

    βεβήκειν 6.495

    ; sync. [ per.] 3pl.

    βέβᾰσαν 17.286

    , etc.: [tense] aor. 2

    ἔβην Il. 17.112

    , etc., [dialect] Dor.

    ἔβᾱν Pi.O.13.97

    , etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.

    βῆ Il.13.297

    , [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3 dual βάτην [ᾰ] 1.327, [ per.] 3pl.

    ἔβαν A.Pers.18

     (lyr.), ([etym.] κατ-) S.Tr. 504 (lyr.), [dialect] Ep.

    βάν Il.20.32

    ; imper. βῆθι, [dialect] Dor.

    βᾶθι S.Ph. 1196

     (lyr.); βᾱ in compds. ἔμβα, κατάβα, etc., [ per.] 2pl.

    βᾶτε A.Supp. 191

    , Eu. 1033 (lyr.); subj. βῶ, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. βήῃ ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Il.9.501,

    βήω 6.113

    ,

    ἐμ-βέῃ GDI5075.4

     (Cret.), [dialect] Dor. βᾶμες (for βῶμεν) Theoc.15.22; opt. βαίην; inf. βῆναι ([dialect] Att. Prose only in compds.), [dialect] Ep.

    βήμεναι Od.19.296

    , [dialect] Dor.

    βᾶμεν Pi.P.4.39

    ; part. βάς βᾶσα βάν, [dialect] Dor. pl.

    ἐκ-βῶντας Th.5.77

    :— [voice] Med., [dialect] Ep.[tense] aor.1 ἐβήσετο ([etym.] ἀπ-) Il.1.428:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pres. (v. infr.A.11.1): in compds., [tense] aor. ἀν-, παρ-, ξυν-εβάθην, X.Eq.3.4, Th.3.67, 4.30; later

    παρ-εβάνθην D.C.48.2

    ,al.; ἀνα-, παρα-, ξυμ-βέβᾰμαι, X.Eq.Mag.1.4, Th.1.123, 8.98;

    παρα-βέβασμαι D.17.12

    : [tense] fut. παρα-βαθήσομαι Sch.E. Hec. 802.—For the [voice] Act. [tense] fut. and [tense] aor. 1, v. infr. B; for [tense] pres. part. βιβάς, v. βίβημι.—In correct [dialect] Att. Prose the [tense] pres. βαίνω is almost the only tense in use; but in compds. Prose writers used all tenses freely.
    A in the above tenses,
    I intr., walk, step, prop. of motion on foot,

    ποσὶ βήσετο Il.5.745

    , etc.; but also of all motion on ground, the direction being commonly determined by a Prep.:—the kind of motion is often marked by a part., βῆ φεύγων, βῆ ἀΐξασα, Il.2.665, 4.74: c. part. [tense] fut., denoting purpose, βῆ ῥ' Ἶσον.. ἐξεναρίξων he went to slay, Il.11.101: with neut. Adj. as Adv.,

    σαῦλα ποσὶν β. h.Merc.28

    ;

    ἁβρὸν β. παλλεύκῳ ποδί E.Med. 1164

    , cf. 830 (lyr.); ἴσα or ὁμοίως β. τινί, D.19.314, X.Eq.1.3;

    ἐν ποικίλοις β. A.Ag. 936

    , cf. 924; march or dance, μετὰ ῥυθμοῦ, ἐν ῥυθμῷ, Th.5.70, Pl.Lg. 670b: freq. c. inf. in Hom., βῆ δ' ἰέναι set out to go, went his way, Il.4.199, etc.;

    βῆ δ' ἴμεν 5.167

    , etc.; βῆ δὲ θέειν started to run, 2.183, etc.;

    βῆ δ' ἐλάαν 13.27

    : c. acc. loci,

    νέας Od.3.162

    , cf. S.OT 153 (lyr.), OC 378; ἐπὶ νηὸς ἔβαινεν was going on board ship, Od.11.534; but

    ἐν δὲ ἑκάστῃ [νηῒ].. ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι βαῖνον

     were on board,

    Il.2.510

    ; ἐφ' ἵππων βάντες having mounted the chariot, 18.532; ἐπὶ πώλου βεβῶσα mounted on.., S.OC 313;

    ἐς δίφρον Il.5.364

    ;

    ἐς ἅρματα E.El. 320

    ; βαίνειν δι' αἵματος wade in blood, Id.Ph. 20.
    2 in [tense] pf., stand or be in a place,

    χῶρος ἐν ᾧ βεβήκαμεν S.OC52

    ; βεβηκὼς σφόδρα firmly poised (opp. κρεμάμενος) Pl.Ti. 62c; β. μάχη steady fight, Plu.Phil.9: freq. almost, = εἰμί ( sum), εὖ βεβηκώς on a good footing, well established, prosperous, [

    θεοὶ] εὖ βεβηκότας ὑπτίους κλίνουσ' Archil.56.3

    ;

    τυραννίδα εὖ βεβηκυῖαν Hdt.7.164

    , cf. S.El. 979; εὖ βίου βεβηκότα prob. for

    ἐν βίῳ βεβιωκότα Nicom.

     Com.2;

    ἀσφαλέως βεβηκὼς ποσσί Archil.58.4

    ;

    ἐπισφαλῶς βεβ. LXX Wi.4.4

    ;

    ἄγαλμα βεβηκὸς ἄνω τὰ κάτω δὲ κεχηνός Eub.107.23

    ; οἱ ἐν τέλει ἐόντες, βεβῶτες, they who arein office, Hdt.9.106, S.Ant.67; τοῦτον οὐχ ὁρῇς ὅκως βέβη-[κεν] ἀνδριάντα; Herod.4.36; [

    λίθους] ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις χώραις βεβηκότας IG7.3073.163

     (Lebad.);

    ἐν κακοῖς βεβ. S.El. 1057

    ; μοίρᾳ οὐκ ἐν ἐσθλᾷ β. ib. 1095 (lyr.); βοῦς, κλεὶς ἐπὶ γλώσσῃ βέβηκεν, v. βοῦς IV,

    κλείς 4

    ;

    φρόνει βεβὼς ἐπὶ ξυροῦ τύχης S.Ant. 996

    .
    b Geom. of figures, stand on a base,

    ἐπί τινος Arist.IA 709a24

    , cf. Apollon.Perg.Con.3.3;

    πυραμὶς ἐπὶ τετραγώνου βεβηκυῖα Hero

     *Stereom.1.31; of an angle, stand on an arc, ἐπί τινος, πρός τινι, Euc.3Def.9, cf. 16.26.
    c βεβηκὼς ῥυθμός stately rhythm, Syrian.in Hermog.1p.69R.; ἀνάπαυσις ib.p.18 R.
    3 go away, depart,

    ἐν νηυσὶ φίλην ἐς πατρίδ' Il.12.16

    ; ἔβαν ἄγοντες, ἔβαν φέρουσαι, have gone and taken away, 1.391, 2.302;

    ἄφαρ βέβακεν S.Tr. 134

    ;

    θανάσιμος βέβηκεν Id.OT 959

    , cf. 832;

    βεβᾶσι φροῦδοι E.IT 1289

    ; βέβηκα euphem. for τέθνηκα, A.Pers. 1002 (lyr.); of things, ἐννέα ἐνιαυτοὶ βεβάασι nine years have come and gone, Il.2.134; πῇ ὅρκια βήσεται; ib. 339, cf. 8.229.
    4 come,

    τίπτε βέβηκας; 15.90

    ; arrive, S.OT81, Aj. 921.
    5 go on, advance, ἐς τόδε τόλμης, ἐς τοσοῦτον ἐλπίδων, Id.OT 125, 772;

    ἐπ' ἔσχατα Id.OC 217

     (lyr.).
    6 c. part. as periphr. for [tense] fut.,

    βαίνω καταγγέλλων PMag.Par.1.2474

    .
    II c. acc., mount, Hom. only in [tense] aor. [voice] Med.

    βήσασθαι δίφρον Il.3.262

    , Od.3.481: in [voice] Act. ([tense] fut. part. [voice] Med.

    βησόμενος Them.Or.21.248b

    ), of the male, mount, cover, Pl.Phdr. 250e, Achae.28, Arist.HA 575a13, etc.:—in [voice] Pass., ἵπποι βαινόμεναι brood mares, Hdt.1.192.
    2 c. acc. cogn.,

    β. Δωρίαν κέλευθον ὕμνων Pi.Fr. 191

    ;

    Καλλαβίδας Eup.163

    ; ἔβα ῥόον went down stream, i.e. died, Theoc.1.140.
    b metaph. of metre, scan, D.H.Comp.21 ([voice] Pass.), Aristid. Quint.1.23,24, etc.;

    βαίνεται τὸ ἔπος

     is scanned,

    Arist.Metaph. 1093a30

    .
    4 Poet. with acc. of the instrument of motion,

    βαίνειν πόδα E.El.94

    , 1173 (lyr.).
    5 βαίνειν· φιλεῖν, κολακεύειν, Hsch.
    B Causal, in [tense] fut. βήσω, ([etym.] ἐπι-) Il.8.197, ([etym.] εἰς-) E.IT 742: [tense] aor. 1 ἔβησα—make to go, φῶτας βῆσεν ἀφ' ἵππων he made them dismount, Il.16.810; ἀμφοτέρους ἐξ ἵππων βῆσε κακῶς he brought them down from the chariot in sorry plight, 5.164;

    ὄφρα βάσομεν ὄκχον Pi.O. 6.24

    .—Rare in Trag. (exc. in compds.), E.Med. 209 (lyr.).—The simple Verb is uncommon in later Gr. (For βάμ-yω, cf. Lat. venio, Skt. gamyáte; βάσκω corresponds to Skt. gácchati (g[uglide]ṃ-sk-); root g[uglide]em- in OHG. quëman 'come'; ἔβην, βήσομαι fr. root g[uglide]ā-, Skt. jigāti, [tense] aor. ágāt.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > βαίνω

  • 80 γράφω

    γράφω [pron. full] [ᾰ], [tense] fut.
    A

    - ψω Hdt.1.95

    , etc.: [tense] aor. ἔγραψα, [dialect] Ep.

    γράψα Il.17.599

    : [tense] pf.

    γέγραφα Cratin.124

    , Th.5.26, etc.; later

    γεγράφηκα PHib. 1.78.2

     (iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.

    γράψομαι Ar. Pax 107

    , etc. (but in pass. sense, Gal.Protr.13): [tense] aor.

    ἐγραψάμην Ar.V. 894

    , etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.

    γρᾰφήσομαι Hp.Acut.26

    , Nicom.Com.1.39, ([etym.] μετεγ-) Ar.Eq. 1370; more freq.

    γεγράψομαι S.OT 411

    , Theoc.18.47, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐγράφην [ᾰ], Hdt.4.91, Pl.Prm. 128c, etc.;

    ἐγράφθην SIG57.5

     (Milet., v B. C.), Archim.Fluit.2.4: [tense] pf. γέγραμμαι (also in med. sense, v. fin.), [ per.] 3sg.

    ἔγραπται Opp.C.3.274

    ; part. ἐγραμμένος or

    ἠγρ- SIG9

     (Elis, dub.), Leg.Gort.1.45, al.; later

    γεγράφημαι Ph.2.637

    : [ per.] 3pl.

    γεγράφαται IG 12.57.10

    , [dialect] Dor.

    γεγράβανται Schwyzer 90.12

     ([place name] Argos): [tense] plpf.

    ἐγέγραπτο X.Mem.1.2.64

    : [ per.] 3pl.

    ἐγεγράφατο D.C.56.32

    . Used by Hom. only in [tense] aor. [voice] Act.:—scratch, graze,

    αἰχμὴ γράψεν οἱ ὀστέον ἄχρις Il.17.599

    ; γράψας ἐν πίνακι πτυκτῷ θυμοφθόρα πολλά having marked or drawn signs thereon, 6.169: hence, later, represent by lines, draw, paint, Hdt.2.41, A.Eu.50, Pl.R. 377e; γῆς περιόδους γ. draw maps, Hdt.4.36;

    γ. Ἔρωθ' ὑπόπτερον Eub.41.1

    ;

    προσπεπατταλευμένον γ. τὸν Προμηθέα Men.535.2

    ;

    ἀνδριάντα γ. Pl.R. 420c

    ; ζῷα γ., = ζωγραφεῖν (q. v.), Id.Grg. 453c: metaph.,

    ὁπόσα τοὺς λειμῶνας αἱ ὧραι γράφουσι Philostr.Im.Praef.

    :—[voice] Med.,

    ζῷα γράφεσθαι Hdt.4.88

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    εἰκὼν γεγραμμένη Ar.Ra. 537

    ;

    πίνακες γεγραμμένοι τὰ Ἀλεξάνδρου ἔργα Philostr.VA2.20

    .
    2 Math., describe a figure, Euc.Post.3, al., Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.23, al., Gal.1.47.
    b of a point or line in motion, generate a figure, Arist.Mech. 848b10, al.;

    τὸ σαμεῖον ἕλικα γράψει Archim.Sph.Cyl.1

    , cf.Apollon.Perg.Con.1.2, Hero Aut.8.1.
    3 brand, mark, Opp.C.1.326:—[voice] Pass. in form γεγράφαται, ib. 322.
    II express by written characters, write, τι Hdt.1.125, etc.;

    γ. διαθήκην Pl.Lg. 923c

    , cf. X.Cyr.4.5.34 ([voice] Pass.); γ. τινὶ ὅτι .. Th.7.14; γ. τινί, c. inf., SIG552.13 (Abae, iii B. C.);

    γ. τι εἰς διφθέρας Hdt.5.58

    : prov.,

    ὅρκους.. γυναικὸς εἰς ὕδωρ γράφω S.Fr. 811

    , cf. Xenarch.6;

    εἰς τέφραν γ. Philonid.7

    ; εἰς ὕδωρ, ἐν ὕδατι, Men. Mon.25, Pl.Phdr. 276c;

    ἐν χρυσῷ πίνακι Id.Criti. 120c

    ;

    ἐν φλοιῷ Theoc.18.47

    ;

    καθ' ὕδατος Luc.Cat.21

    ;

    εἰς πέλαγος γράμματα γράψαι Epigr.Gr.1038.8

     ([place name] Attalia):—[voice] Pass., πόθι φρενὸς γέγραπται in what leaf of memory it is written, Pi.O.10(11).3.
    2 inscribe, γ. εἰς σκῦλα, εἰς στήλην, E.Ph. 574, D.9.41:—[voice] Pass., γράφεσθαί τι to be inscribed with a thing, S.Tr. 157;

    ὧδε γέγραμμαι

     have my name inscribed,

    IG12(7).3

    * (dub.); ἐν τῷ προσώπῳ γραφεὶς τὴν συμφοράν having it branded on his forehead, Pl.Lg. 854d; γεγραμμένα κωκύουσαν, of the hyacinth, Euph.40.
    3 write down, γ. τινὰ αἴτιον set him down as the cause, Hdt.7.214; γ. τι ἱερόν τινι register as.., Pi.O.3.30; in magic, invoke a curse upon, Tab.Defix.Aud.14A1; γ. τινὰ κληρονόμον, ἐπίτροπον, institute by a written document, Pl.Lg. 923c, 924a; register, enrol,

    ἐμὲ γράφε τῶν ἱππεύειν ὑπερεπιθυμούντων X.Cyr. 4.3.21

    ; οὐ Κρέοντος προστάτου γεγράψομαι, as a dependent of Cr., S. OT 411.
    4 γ. τινί write a letter to one,

    γ. σοὶ ἵνα εἰδῇς PGrenf. 1.11

     ii 21     (ii B. C.), etc.;

    εἴς τινα Luc.Syr.D.23

    .
    5 γ. περί τίνος write on a subject, X.Cyn.13.2, etc.;

    ὑπέρ τινος Plb.1.1.4

    , etc.; εἴς τινα against.., Longin.4.3; πρός τινα address a work to.., Id.1.3; describe,

    οἱ ὑφ' ἡμῶν γραφόμενοι καιροί Plb.2.56.4

    ; esp. of Prose, opp. ποιεῖν, Isoc.2.48: c. dupl. acc.,

    τί.. γράψειειν ἄν σε μουσοποιὸς ἐν τάφῳ

     ;

    E.Tr. 1189

    .
    6 write down a law to be proposed: hence, propose, move, γνώμην, νόμον, ψήφισμα, etc., X.HG1.7.34, Ar.Nu. 1429, etc.: abs. (sc. νόμον), D.18.179;

    γ. καὶ νομοθετεῖν περί τινος Id.24.48

    ; γ. πόλεμον, εἰρήνην, Id.10.55, 19.55: c. inf.,

    σὺ γράφεις ταῦτ' εἶναι στρατιωτικά Id.1.19

    ;

    ἔγραψα.. ἀποπλεῖν.. τοὺς πρέσβεις Id.18.25

    ; enact,

    νόμοι οὓς τὸ πλῆθος συνελθὸν ἔγραψε X.Mem.1.2.42

    :—[voice] Pass.,

    παρὰ τὰ γραφέντα δρᾶν Pl.Plt. 295d

    ;

    τὸ γεγραμμένον ὑπὸ σοῦ ψήφις μα Din.1.70

    .
    7 prescribe, ordain,

    πότμος ἔγραψε Pi.N.6.7

    .
    B [voice] Med., write for oneself or for one's own use, note down, Hdt. 2.82, IG12.57.39, etc.;

    γ. τι ἐν φρεσίν A.Ch. 450

     (lyr.);

    φρενῶν ἔσω S.Ph. 1325

    ; ἐγραψάμην ὑπομνήματα I wrote me down some memoranda, Pl.Tht. 143a; cause to be written,

    συγγραφήν D.56.6

    , etc.; γ. πρόσοδον πρὸς τὴν βουλήν petition for a hearing before the Council, Id.24.48.
    2 enrol oneself,

    γράψασθαι φυλῆς καὶ δήμου καὶ φρατρίας IG12.374.16

    , ib.2.115b21: abs., of colonists, Pl.Lg. 850b; but also (cf. A.11.3), ἕνα τῶν μαθητῶν ἐμὲ γράφου enrol me as one of your disciples, Id.Cra.428b.
    3 as law-term, γ. τινά to indict one, τινός for some public offence, e.g. τῆς αἰσχροκερδείας, Pl.Lg. 754e;

    γ. [τινὰ] παρανόμων D.18.13

    ; in full,

    γραφὴν γράψασθαί τινα Ar.Nu. 1482

     (but in [voice] Pass., εἴ σοι γράφοιτο δίκη ib. 758);

    γράψασθαι δίκας SIG344.38

     ([place name] Teos): c. acc. et inf.,

    γ. τινὰ ἀδικεῖν Ar.V. 894

    , cf. Pax 107: abs., οἱ γραψάμενοι the prosecutors, Id.V. 881;

    ἑτέροις οὐκ ἦν γράψασθαι And.1.75

    ; also γράφεσθαί τι indict an act, i. e. the doer of it, as criminal, ἐγράψατο τὴν Χαβρίου δωρειάν he brought a γραφὴ παρανόμων against the person who proposed the grant to Chabrias, D.20.146, cf. 95; τὸ χάριν τούτων ἀποδοῦναι παρανόμων γράφει ([ per.] 2sg.) Id.18.119.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > γράφω

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Hero Initiative — The Hero Initiative, formerly known as A Commitment to Our Roots, or ACTOR, is the first federally recognized not for profit organization dedicated to helping comic book creators, writers and artists in need. Founded in late 2000 by a consortium… …   Wikipedia

  • To act the part of — Act Act, v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Acted}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Acting}.] [L. actus, p. p. of agere to drive, lead, do; but influenced by E. act, n.] 1. To move to action; to actuate; to animate. [Obs.] [1913 Webster] Self love, the spring of motion, acts …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • Theme of the Traitor and the Hero — Infobox short story | name = Theme of the Traitor and the Hero title orig = Tema del traidor y del héroe translator = author = Jorge Luis Borges country = Argentina flagicon|Argentina language = Spanish series = genre = Fantasy, short story… …   Wikipedia

  • Act — Act, v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Acted}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Acting}.] [L. actus, p. p. of agere to drive, lead, do; but influenced by E. act, n.] 1. To move to action; to actuate; to animate. [Obs.] [1913 Webster] Self love, the spring of motion, acts the …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • The Biography of Manuel — is a series of novels, essays and poetry by James Branch Cabell. It purports to trace the life, illusions and disillusions of Dom Manuel, Count of Poictesme (a fictional province of France), and of his physical and spiritual descendants through… …   Wikipedia

  • Hero of Ukraine — Ukrainian Order of the State (left) and Order of the Gold Star …   Wikipedia

  • The Deed of Paksenarrion —   …   Wikipedia

  • The Legend of the Legendary Heroes — Cover of The Legend of the Legendary Heroes first volume as published by Fujimi Shobo 伝説の勇者の伝説 …   Wikipedia

  • The Art of Fiction — The Art of Fiction: A Guide for Writers and Readers is a nonfiction book by Ayn Rand, published posthumously. Edited by Tore Boeckmann, it was published by Plume in 2000, ISBN 0452281547. The book is based on a 1958 series of 12 four hour… …   Wikipedia

  • Hero of the Russian Federation — ( ru. Герой Российской Федерации, Geroy Rossiyskoy Federatsii ) is a Russian decoration and the highest honorary title that can be bestowed on a citizen by the Russian Federation. The President of the Russian Federation is the main conferring… …   Wikipedia

  • The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are …   Catholic encyclopedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»